CATALOGUE

^CXOEEEGE

J v OSBARX

SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
m A

■

.

.

.

.

.

.

..

...

>.

) 5 19/

\
U /6 7

SW A RTH M O RE, P E N N S Y L V A N IA

The B ulletin , of which this publication is Volume
LXIV, No. 1, is published twice in March'and then
monthly except February, June, August, and Novem­
ber by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania
19081.
Second Class postage paid at Swarthmore, Pennsyl­
vania 19081.
Photographs by Walter Holt, James Purring, Leif
Skoogfors, and Robert B. Cohen, ’65.
(Printed in U. S. A.)

SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN

CATALOGUE ISSU E ■ 1 9 6 6 -1 9 6 7
SWARTHMORE,

PENNSYLVANIA

190 8 1

Volume LXIV

■ Number 1

■ September 1966

I D sr/?¿
‘C 3

!4¿C>/(>7
DIRECTIONS FOR CORRESPONDENCE
For Information About:
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY

Courtney Smith, President
ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS

Frederick A. Hargadon, Dean of Admissions
RECORDS, TRANSCRIPTS AND CATALOGUES

John M. Moore, Registrar
FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President
G. Caroline Shero, Associate Controller
VOCATIONAL PLACEMENT AND GUIDANCE

Virginia Bullitt, Director
ALUMNI AFFAIRS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President
GENERAL INFORMATION

Maralyn Orbison Gillespie, Director of News Office

The Rhodes Scholarship Trust
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust maintains an office in this country for the purpose of
administering the selection of American Rhodes Scholars and conducting the affairs
of the Rhodes Scholarships in the United States. This office was located at Swarthmore College during the presidency of Dr. Frank Aydelotte, who served as the first
American Secretary. On the occasion of the appointment of Courtney Smith to
the American Secretaryship this office was located in Princeton, N. J., and returned
to Swarthmore when Dr. Smith took up his duties as president of the College in
September 1953.
American Secretary of the Rhodes Scholarships, Courtney Smith
Deputy American Secretary, Gilmore Stott
Secretary, Elsa Palmer Jenkins

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
P age
Ca l en d a r ...................................................... . . . .............................................. ..
Personnel ...............................................................................................................
The Corporation and The Board of Managers .........................................
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C o u n c il......................................
The Faculty .................................................................
Divisions and D epartm en ts...............................
Standing Committees ............................................................................
Administrative Officers and A ssistan ts..........................................................
Introduction to Swarthmore Co l l e g e .............Vî * • s .................................
A dm ission.......................
Expenses ..................................................................
Financial Aid and Scholarships......................................................................
Educational Resources .....................................................................................
College Life ......................................................................................................
Student Community ..........................................................................................
T he Educational P rogram ...............................................................................
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores .....................................................
Program for Juniors and Seniors ................................................................
Reading for H o n o rs ...................
Pre-Medical Program .....................................................................................
Faculty Regulations ................................................
Requirements for Graduation .........
Advanced Degrees ............................................................................................
Awards and P riz e s ..............................................
Fellowships ......................................................................................................
Courses of I nstruction .........................
Astronomy .........................................................................................................
Biology ...............................................................................................................
Chemistry ....................................................................................................i ...
Classics ...............................................................................................................
Economics ..................... : ..................................................................................
E ngineering........................................................................................................
English Literature ............................................................................................
Fine A r t s .............................................................................................................
History ........................................
International R elation s.....................................................................................
Mathematics ...................................................................................................
Modern Languages and L iteratu res................................................................
M u sic......... .. ....................................................................................................
Philosophy and R eligion..................................................................
Physical Education for M e n ................................
Physical Education for W o m e n .......................................................................
Physics.................................................................................................................
Political Science .’. . . . ...............................
Psychology and E du catio n ...............................................................................
Sociology and A nthropology.........................
Reference Section ................................................................................................
Visiting Examiners ............................................................................................
Degrees C on ferred .................................... .......................................................
Awards and Distinctions .................
Enrollment S tatisics....................................
Index ............................................
P lan of College G rounds .................................................................................

3

5
7
8
11
13
21
22
23
27
30
34
35
45
50
53
57
59
60
61
63
66
68
69
70
72
75
76
78
84
88
92
95
110
114
117
122
123
127
135
138
144
145
147
151
156
161
163
164
166
170
172
173
175

1966
s
2
9
16
23
30

M

OCTOBER
T
w
T

F

4
3
5
6
7
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31

s
l
8
15
22
29

s
6
13
20
27

NOVEMBER
T
M T
w
s
F
1 2
3
4
5
7
8
9 10 1 1 12
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 2 2 23 2 4 2 5 2 6
28 29 30

S
4
11
18
25

DECEM BER
M T
W T
F s
1 2 3
5
6
7
8
9 10
12 13 14 15 16 17
19 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 24
2 6 2 7 2 8 29 3 0 31

1967
JAN UARY
s M T
W T
s
F
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 1 1 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31

s

M

A PRIL
T
W T

F

2
3
4
5
6
7
9 10 1 1 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 2 0 21
2 3 2 4 2 5 26 2 7 2 8
30

s
2
9
16
23
30

M

T

JULY
W T

F

4
3
5
6
7
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 2 0 21
24 25 26 27 28
31

s
1
8
15
22
29

s
1
8
15
22
29

OCTOBER
s M
T
w
T
s
F
1 2
4
3
5
6
7
8
9 10 1 1 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
22 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 2 7 2 8
29 3 0 31

S
5
12
19
26

S
7
14
21
28

s

FEBRUARY
w
T
F
s
M T
1 2
3
4
6
9 10 1 1
7
8
13 14 15 16 17 18
2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
2 7 28
MAY
w
T
s
M T
F
1 2
4
5
6
3
8
9 10 1 1 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 2 0
2 2 23 2 4 2 5 26 2 7
2 9 3 0 31

M

6
7
13 14
2 0 21
27 28

s
5
12
19
26

AUGUST
w
s
T
T
F
1 2
3
4
5
8
9 10 1 1 12
15 16 17 18 19
2 2 23 2 4 2 5 2 6
2 9 3 0 31

NOVEMBER
w
T
T
s
F
1 2
3
4
6
7
8
9 10 1 1
13 14 15 16 17 18
2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
27 28 29 30
M

MARCH
s

M

T

6
7
5
12 13 14
19 2 0 21
26 27 28

s

M

4
5
1 1 12
18 19
2 5 26

s
3

10
17
24

s

w T
F s
1 2
3 4
8
9 10 1 1
15 16 17 18
2 2 2 3 2 4 25
2 9 3 0 31

JU N E
T
W T
F s
1 2 3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
2 0 21 2 2 23 24
2 7 28 2 9 30

SEPTEM BER
M T
F s
W T
1 2
7
8
9
4
5
6
1 1 12 13 14 15 16
18 1 9 2 0 21 2 2 23
2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30

M

DECEM BER
T
W T

7
3
4
5
6
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 2 0 21
2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28
31

F s
1 2
9
8
15 16
22 23
2 9 30

1968
JAN U AR Y
s

7
14
21
28

s
7

14
21
28

M

T

W

T

F

s

1 2
3
4
5
6
8
9 10 1 1 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 2 0
2 2 23 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
2 9 3 0 31

M

1
8
15
22
29

A PRIL
w
T
F
s
2
3
4
5
6
9 10 1 1 12 13
16 17 18 19 2 0
23 24 25 26 27
30
T

s

4
11
18
25

FEBRUARY
T
w
T
s '
F
1 2
3
5
6
7
8
9 10
12 13 14 15 16 17
19 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4
26 27 28 29
M

MARCH
s

M

T

M

5
6
12 13
19 2 0
26 2 7

T

W

T

F

s

1 2
4
3
7
8
9 10 1 1
14 15 16 17 18
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
2 8 29 3 0 31

T

7
4
5
6
3
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 2 0 21
2 4 2 5 26 2 7 2 8
31

MAY
s

W

JUNE
w
T

F

s

1 2
8 9
15 16
2 2 23
29 30

F

s

7
4
5 6
2 3
9 10 1 1 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 2 0 21
2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28

1
8
15
22
29

s

30

M

T

COLLEGE CALENDAR
Fall Semester

1966

September 21-24 ........................ Freshman placement days
September 23-24 .................... .. Registration
September 2 3 ...............................Meeting of honors students
September 2 6 .............................. Classes and honors seminars begin
October 4 .....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
November 1 ................................ Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
November 24-27 ........................ Thanksgiving recess
December 6 . . . .......................... Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
December ^0 .............................. Christmas recess begins, 6:00 p.m.

1967
January 4 .................................... Christmas recess ends, 8:00 a.m.
January 4-17 .............................. Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
January 17 ................ .................Classes and seminars end
January 18 ...................................Meeting of honors students
January 2 0 .................................. Registration for spring semester
.......... ..............Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 23
January 23 ................................... Mid-year examinations begin
February 2 ................ .................Mid-year examinations end

Spring Semester
February 6 .............. ..................Classes begin
February 7 ............ ......................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 7 .......................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 25 ............................ '.. . .Spring recess begins, 12:00 noon
April 3 .........................................Spring recess ends, 8:00 a.m.
April 4 .............................. ..
Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 2 ................................ ..
Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 6 .........................................Honors seminars end
May 8-20 .....................................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
May 16 ................ ......................Written honors examinations begin
May 20 ........ ! ............................ Classes end
May 22 .................... .... ........ Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 24 ....................................... Course examinations begin
May 27 ............................ .. . . . Written honors examinations end
June 1 - 3 .......................................Oral honors examinations
June 3 ............ ........................ Course examinations end
June 5-7 .......................................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 9 .........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 10 .......................................Alumni Day
June 11 ...................................... Baccalaureate Day
June 12 .................................. .. Commencement Day

5

COLLEGE CALENDAR (Tentative)
F a ll S e m e s te r
September
September
September
September
October 3
Novepiber
November
December
December

1967

20-23 ........................ Freshman placement days
22-23 ........................ Registration
2 2 .............................. Meeting of honors students
2 5 .............................. Classes and honors seminars begin
................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
7 .................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
23-25 ........................ Thanksgiving recess
5 .................... .. ....... .Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
19 ................ »..'.„.C hristm as recess begins, 12:00 noon
1968

January 3 ...................................Christmas recess ends, 8:00 a.m.
January 3-16 ...............................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
January 1 6 .................................. Classes and seminars end
January 1 7 ................................ .Meeting of honors students
January 1 9 .............. ....................Registration for spring semester
January 2 2 ...................................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 22 .......... ........................Mid-year examinations begin
February 1 .................................. Mid-year examinations end
S p rin g S e m e s te r
February 5 ...................................Classes begin
February 6 ...............................: . Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 5 .......................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 23 ............................ .. .Spring recess begins, 12:00 noon
April 1 .................................... . .Spring recess ends, 8:00 a.m.
April 2 .........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 4 ...........................................Honors seminars end
May 7 ........................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 6-18 .....................................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
May 1 4 .........................................Written honors examinations begin
May 1 8 .........................................Classes end
May 2 0 ............................ ............Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 2 2 ......................................... Course examinations begin
May 25 ......................................... Written honors examinations end
May 30-June 1 .......... ...............Oral honors examinations
June 1 ................ ..........................Course examinations end
June 3-5 .......................................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 7 ........................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 8 ........................................... Alumni Day
June 9 ........................................... Baccalaureate Day
June 1 0 ......................................... Commencement Day
6

Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall

PERSONNEL OF

SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE

THE CORPORATION
C laude C. Sm ith , Chairman

1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 19110.
P h ilip T. Sharples , Vice-Chairman

Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Bldg., 123 South Broad Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19109.
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Secretary
Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa. 19086.
J oseph B. Sha ne , Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Richard B. W illis, Treasurer
Provident National Bank, 17th and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.

BOARD OF MANAGERS
Ex officio
Courtney Sm ith , President of Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.

Emeriti
E lisabeth H allowell Bartlett , 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore, Md.

21210.

I sabel J enkins Booth , Jefferson House, The Strand, New Castle, Del. 19720.
M ary Lippincott G riscom , 314 East Central Avenue, Moorestown, N. J. 08057.
Barclay W h ite , 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104
A lfred H. W illiams , 216 N. Providence Road, Wallingford, Pa. 19086
J oseph H. W illits , Box 44lA, Bridgetown Pike, R. D. 1. Langhorne, Pa. 19047.

Life Members
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa. 19086.
H adassah M. L. H olcombe, 1025 Westview Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19119Claude C. Sm ith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 19110.
H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, Westover Hills, Wilmington, Del.
19806.

Term Expires December, 1966
Carroll G. Bow en , M. I. T. Press, Cambridge, Mass. 02142.
Robert M. Browning , 7305 Emlen Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19119.
V irginia Stratton Cornell , Central Valley, N. Y. 10917.
D orothy Shoemaker M cD iarmid, 390 Maple Ave., East Vienna, Va, 22180.
Charles C. P rice , III, 118 Hilldale Road, Lansdowne, Pa. 19050.
♦E ugenia H arshbarger Lewis, 3215 Fordham Road, Wilmington, Del., 19806.
♦J ohn H. Lippincott , J r., 9 South Osborne Avenue, Margate City, N. J. 08400.
* Nominated by the Alumni Association.

8

Term Expires December, 1967
Clement M. Biddle, 230 Oak Ridge Avenue, Summit, N. J. 07901.
George B. Clothier , 1418 Packard Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 19102.
Carl K. D ellm uth , Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 19109.
W illiam P oole , 350 Delaware Trust Bldg., Wilmington, Del. 19801.
Elizabeth Carver P reston , 60 Dogwood Lane, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
*T homas M cP. Brow n , 814 26th Place South, Arlington, Ya. 22200.
♦Isabel Logan Lyon , 70 East 90th St., New York, N. Y. 10028.

Term Expires December, 1968
Boyd T. Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia, Pa.

19107.
Kermit G ordon, 2202 Wyoming Ave. N.W., Washington, D. C. 20008.
H. T homas H allowell , J r ., Highland and Kenmore Aves., Jenkintown, Pa.

19046.
T homas B. M cCabe, Tinicum Island Rd. and Industrial Highway, Philadelphia,

Pa. 19113.
♦Katharine Scherman Rosin , 691 West 247th St., New York, N. Y. 10471.
♦W alter O. Sim o n ,, 15 Granite Road, Alapocas, Wilmington, Del. 19803.

Term Expires December, 1969
W illiam F. Lee , 5 Guernsey Road, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Kathryn Sonneborn R ead, 5407 Atlantic Avenue, Ventnor, N. J. 08400.
Philip T. Sharples , Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Building, 123 South Broad Street,

Philadelphia, Pa. 19109.
Sue T homas T urner , Cook Road, Alfred Station, New York 14803.
Richard B. W illis , Provident National Bank, 17th and Chestnut Streets, Phila­

delphia, Pa. 19103.
♦H elen Shilcock P ost, 241 W. Allens Lane, Philadelphia, Pa. 19119.
♦Robert H. W ilson , 403 Cedar Lane, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
C o m m it t e e s

of

the

B oard

The Chairman of the Board is ex officio a member of every Committee
Executive
Boyd T. Barnard
Clement M. Biddle
Robert M. Browning
Eleanor Stabler C larke
George B. Clothier
Carl K. D ellmuth
H. T homas H allowell , J r .

H adassah M. L. H olcombe
T homas B. M cCabe
E lizabeth Carver P reston
K athryn Sonneborn R ead
P hilip T. Sharples
Richard B. W illis
H elen G awthrop W orth

Finance and Trusts Administration
Carl K. D ellmuth
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe

Richard B. W illis I
Robert M. Browning
G eorge B. C lothier

Instruction and Libraries
Clement M. Biddle
Carroll G. Bowen
T homas McP. Brown
Kermit G ordon
H adassah M. L. H olcombe

W illiam P oole
Charles C. P rice , III
Sue T homas T urner
H elen G awthrop W orth

* Nominated by the Alumni- Association.

9

Investment
T homas B. M cC abe
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond

H. T homas H allowell , J r .
P hilip T. Sharples
Richard B. W illis

Property
Robert M. Browning
Boyd T. Barnard
V irginia Stratton Cornell
W illiam F. Lee

K athryn Sonneborn Read
W alter O. Simon
Robert H. W ilson

Student Activities
E lizabeth Carver P reston
Carroll G. Bowen
T homas M cP. Brown
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
Eugenia H arshbarger Lewis
J o h n H. Lippincott , J r .

Isabel Logan Lyon
D orothy Shoemaker M cD iarmid
H elen Shilcock P ost
Katharine Scherman Rosin
Sue T homas T urner

Nominating
Virginia Stratton Cornell
W illiam F. Lee
Charles C. P rice, III

K athryn Sonneborn Read
Richard B. W illis
H elen G awthrop W orth

Development
Carl K. D ellmuth
G eorge B. C lothier
V irginia Stratton Cornell
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
W illiam F. L ee

Isabel L ogan Lyon
W illiam P oole
P h ilip T. Sharples
W alter O. Simon
Robert H. W ilson

10

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS
1965-1967
President, Robert G. H ayden ’47, 40 Woodbrook Rd., Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Vice-President for Men, T homas B. D arlington '45, Box 156, New Lisbon, N. J.
08064.

Vice-President for Women, A n n a Rickards Sensenig ’30, 2609 Woodleigh Rd.,
Havertown, Pa. 19083.
Secretary, Cornelia Clarke Schmidt ’46, 334 Dickinson Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
19081

ALUMNI COUNCIL
Term Expires
J une
1967
1968

1969
1967
1968

1969

Zone A

Charles P. Cryer ’43, Box 388, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
W illiam T. Spock '51, Prices Lane, Moylan, Pa. 19065.
Frederick S. D onnelly , J r . ’41, 615 N. School Lane, Lancaster, Pa. 17603.
Frank H. Erdman ’41, Lawrenceville Road, Princeton, N . J. 08540.
P eter W . K aiser ’43 921 Winding Lane, Media, Pa. 19063.
J. Lawrence Shane ’56, 201 Harvard Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Lawrence A. Y earsley ’48, R. D. 3, Coatesville, Pa. 19320.
N ancy R obinson P osel ’51, 1060 Mill Road Circle, Jenkintown, Pa. 19046.
Laura R eppert U nger ’49, Valley Park Road, R. D. 2, Phoenixville, Pa.
19460.
N ancy Ritschard H all ’51, 1010 Cedar Street, Riverton, N. J. 08077.
P atricia Lum T aylor ’44, 525 Old Middletown Road, Lima, Pa. 19060.
E lizabeth D obson Broomell ’37, Bethlehem Pike, R. F. D. 1 , Ambler, Pa.
19002.
Bolling Byrd Clarke ’49, 430 Strath Haven Ave., Swarthmore Pa. 19081.
Y vonne M otley M cCabe ’50, 412 Rogers Lane, Wallingford, Pa. 19086.

Zone B
1967 J ames L. Crider, J r . ’33, Peach Hill Road, Darien, Conn. 06820.
J o h n L. D ugan , J r . '43, 5 Hillside Ave., Short Hills, N. J. 07078.
1968 A lden S. Ben nett ’40, 4 Falcon Place, Huntington, N. Y. 11743.
D onald J. L loyd-Jones ’52, 230 Villard Ave., Hastings-on-Hudson, N . Y.
10706.
1969 J ames H. Beardsley ’38, Pine Hill Drive, R. F. D. 1, Katonah, N . Y. 10536.
1967 Carol H olbrook Baldi ’53, 1070 Third Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10021.
Barbara T aylor Crawford ’45, 17 Westgate Road, Livingston, N. J.
07039.
1968 Christine Rosenblatt D ow ning ’52, Skyline Drive, Martinsville, N. J.
08836.
J anet M cCloskey R obbins ’43,160 E. 89th Street, New York, N. Y. 10028.
1969 M uriel Eckes Z acharias ’37, 433 Ridgefield Rd., Wilton, Conn. 06897.
Zone C
1969 T homas A. K ershaw II ’60, 1 Primus Avenue, Boston, Mass. 02114.
Elinor J ones C lapp ’46, 309 Olney Street, Providence, R. I. 02906.
Zone D
J o h n S. T homson ’43, 23 Grafton Street, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015.
1968 D aniel H. W ingerd ’45, 13 Briar Road, Wilmington, Del. 19803.
1967 Caroline M orrel Shoemaker ’52, 1406 W. Joppa Road, Riderwood, Md.
1967

21204.
1968 N ancy Eberle V altin ’47, 1319 Woodside Drive, McLean, Va. 22101.

11

1969

Zone E
W. D ean T rautman ’42, 12 Pepperwood Lane, Cleveland, Ohio 44124.
M arianne Leas W olfe ’50, 7066 Woodland Road, Ben Avon, Pittsburgh,
Pa. 15202.

1967
1967

Christian H. P edersen ’49, 4401 Midnight Pass Rd., Sarasota, Fla. 33581.
Barbara D eaton A nderson ’57, 3117 Oxford Drive, Durham, N. C. 27707.

Zone F

Zone G
1967 Edwin M. Bush , J r . ’49, 949 Fisher Lane, Winnetka, 111. 60093.
1968 P aul A. D ewald ’42, 60 Conway Lane, La Due, Mo. 63124.
1967

J ulia Lange H all ’55, 1161 Pine St., W innetka, 111. 60093.

1968 J oan Buesching M cN agny ’46, 4621 Crestwood Drive, Fort Wayne, Ind.
46807.

Zone H
1968
1968

G eorge C. Bond ’42, 1419 Wellington Avenue, Pasadena, Calif. 91103.
W alter M. D ickey '61, 1749 Valpico Drive, San Jose, Calif. 95124.
Sue D avison Cooley ’44, 01734 S.W. Riverdale Road, Portland, Ore.

1969

A lice Rickey J akle ’39, 11634 Winding Way, Los Altos, Calif. 94022.

1969

97219.

12

THE FACULTY
Courtney Sm ith , President.................... .............. .......................... 324 Cedar Lane

B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H.D., and Litt.D.
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (Finance), Controller, and Professor of Eco­

nomics ............................................................... .
.925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
J oseph B. Sha ne , Vice-President (Public Relations and Alumni Affairs) and Pro­
fessor of Education...................... ..............................................550 Elm Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Gilmore Stott , Administrative Assistant to the President, and Lecturer in Phi­
losophy ................ .......................................................... 318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M.A., University of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor of Classics........................ 406 Walnut Lane
B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., New York University;
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
J ohn M. M oore , Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor of Philosophy and Re­
ligion ................................................................................... 512 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard Uni­
versity; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert A. Barr, J r ., Dean of M e n .....................................109 Columbia Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara P earson Lange , Dean of Women . ............ .................... .1 Crum Ledge
Margaret L. M acLaren , Associate Dean of Students and Director of Financial
A i d ................................................................... ..
317 North Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College.
Frederick A. H argadon, Dean of Admissions and Lecturer in Political Science
Cunningham House
B.A., Haverford College.
Douglas C. T hom pson , Assistant Dean of Adm issions.......... Swarthmore College
B.S., Swarthmore College.
Edith T wombly, Assistant Dean of Admissions and Assistant in Biology
Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.Ed., Harvard University.
James F. G ovan, Librarian .............................. ....................................730 Yale Avenue
B.A., The University of the South; M.A., Emory University; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University.
E m e r it i

Mary A lbertson , Isaac H. Clothier Professor Emeritus of History and Interna­

tional Relations ........................................................... ..........505 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
Lydia Baer, Associate Professor Emeritus of German . . . .Anna Maria Island, Fla.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Edward H. Cox, Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, 416 Park Avenue
B.S., Earlham College; M.A., Harvard University; Docteur ès Science, L’Uni­
versité de Genève, Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier; D.Sc.,
Earlham College.
H enry J ermain M aude Creighton , Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus of Chem­
istry ..................................... Tigh-Solas, Glen Margaret, Nova Scotia, Canada
B.A., M.A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University of Birming­
ham; D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Zürich; D.Sc., Swarthmore
College.
Robert H. D u n n , Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education for Men,
811 Westdale Avenue
B.S., Temple University.
D uncan G raham F oster, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry.......... 15 Crest Lane
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.

13

M ilan W . G arrett, Professor Emeritus of Physics,
101 Orchard Drive, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

B.A. and M.A. Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., University of Oxford.
P hilip M arshall H icks, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus of

English Literature........................................................................... Avondale, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Everett L. H un t , Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English,
221 N. Princeton Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M.A., University of Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College.
Fredric K lees, Professor Emeritus of English .............. 220 South Chester Road
B.A., Bowdoin College.
W olfgang K öhler , Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology,
Lebanon, N. H.
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin; D.Sc., University of Pennsylvania, University
of Chicago, Kenyon College, Swarthmore College.
H arold M. M arch , Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus of French,
46 Main St., Amherst, Mass.
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Edith P hilips , Susan W. Lippincott Professor Emeritus of French,
517 Elm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
L. R. Shero , Professor Emeritus of G reek........................ 651 N orth Chester Road
B.A., Haverford College; B.A., University of Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Uni­
versity of Wisconsin.
J ames D. Sorber, Professor Emeritus of Spanish...........................404 W alnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., University of Nebraska.
A lfred J. Sw an , Professor Emeritus of Music,
773 College Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford.
Elizabeth Cox W right, Professor Emeritus of English,
Rose Valley Road, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
P r o fesso rs

M onroe C. Beardsley, Charles and Harriett Cox McDowell Professor of Phi­

losophy ............ ................i ..................1916 Delancey Place, Philadelphia, Pa.
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
G eorge J. Becker , Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor of English,
401 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Washington.
P aul H. Beik , Professor of H isto ry............................................... 4 W hittier Place
B.A., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
H einrich Brinkm ann , Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professor of
Mathematics ............................................................................. 403 Walnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T. Carpenter , Isaiah V. Williamson Professor of Civil and Mechanical
Engineering ............................................................................612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E. and M.S., Ohio State University.
W . C. Elmore , Morris L. Clothier Professor of Physics.............. 525 W alnut Lane
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. E nders, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor of Biology . . . 311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Edward A. Feh nel , Professor of Chem istry .................................. 600 Elm Avenue
B.S., M.S, and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
J ames A. Field , J r ., Isaac H. Clothier Professor of History . .612 Hillborn Avenue
B.S., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Launce J. Flemister , Professor of Zoology,
Rogers Lane and Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
Frédéric J. G rover, Professor of French .......................................521 Elm Avenue
L. ès L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of California.

14

Samuel H ynes, Professor of E nglish............ ................................ 5 Whittier Place
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
H oward Malcolm J enkins, Henry C. and ]. Archer Turner Professor of Engi­
neering ........................................................................... 506 North Chester Road
B.A. and E.E., Swarthmore College.
W alter B. K eighton, J r ., Edmund Allen Professor of Chemistry,
311 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
*Laurence D. Lafore, Professor of H istory...............................506 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and
Diplomacy.
Luzern G. Livingston, Professor of B otany.........................15 Dartmouth Circle
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Franz H. M autner , Professor of German ...............................408 Walnut Lane
Dr. Phil., Univ. of Vienna.
J ohn D. McCrumm , Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor of Engineering,
Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.S., University of Colorado.
N orman A. M einkoth , Professor of Zoology
431 West Woodland Avenue, Springfield, Pa.
B. of Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University
of Illinois.
Bernard M orrill, Professor of Mechanical Engineering........ 21 Oberlin Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.M.E., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
H elen F. N orth, Centennial Professor of Classics.................. 604 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell University.
Martin Ostwald, Professor of Classics......................................... 2 Whittier Place
B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
T homas P. P eardon, Distinguished Visiting Professor of Political Science (Barn­
ard College) ......................................................................... Swarthmore College
B.A., British Columbia University; M.A., Clark College; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
tj. Roland P ennock , Richter Professor of Political Science........ 3 Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
t Frank C. P ierson , Centennial Professor of Economics.......... 740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Martin A. P omerantz , Visiting Professor of Astronomy (Bartol Foundation)
1322 Knox Road, Wynnewood, Pa.
B.A., Syracuse University; M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Temple
University.
H edley H. Rhys , Professor of Fine A r t s .....................................512 Elm Avenue
B.A., West Virginia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Lawrence H. Seltzer , Distinguished Visiting Professor of Economics (Wayne
State University) ............................................................... Swarthmore College
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Francis P. T afoya, Professor of French...............................15 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M.A., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Yale University.
Frederick B. T olles, Howard M. and Charles P. Jenkins Professor of Quaker
History and Research and Director of the Friends Historical Library,
606 Elm Avenue
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Litt., Haverford College.
Peter van de Kamp, Edward Hicks Magill Professor of Astronomy and Director
of Sproul Observatory................ •...............................................602 Elm Avenue
Cand. and Docts., University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of California;
D. Phil., University of Groningen.
Robert M. W alker , Professor of Fine A r t s .................................212 Elm Avenue
B.A. and M.F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1966-67.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.

15

H ans W allach , Centennial Professor o f P sychology................... 604 Elm Avenue

Dr. Phil., University of Berlin.

.

N eal A. W eber, Professor of Z oology...........................................1 Whittier Place

B.A., M.S. and D.Sc., University of North Dakota; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
_ , .
Clair W ilcox , Joseph Wharton Professor of Political Economy, 510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Uni­
versity of Pennsylvania.
A ssociate P rofessors
Carl Barus, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering . . . . . 8 Whittier Place

B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
O lexa-Myron Bilaniuk , Associate Professor of Physics ........ ... 4 Crum Ledge

Ingénieur, Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S., M.A., and Ph.D., Uni­
versity of Michigan.
T homas N. Bisson, Associate Professor of H isto ry.......... .
.519 W alnut Lane
B.A., Haverford College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
ID avid L Bowler , Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering,
+
505 Yale Avenue
B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Leon Bramson , Associate Professor of Sociology.............. • • .333 Vassar Avenue
B.A. and M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Harvard University.
H ilde D. Cohn , Associate Professor of G erm an............ ; 302 North Chester Road
Dr. Phil., University of Heidelberg.
D avid Cowden , Associate Professor of E n g lish ................ ... .312 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Raymond D oby, Associate Professor of Engineering ................... 640 Magill Road
B.M.E. and M.S., New York University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Lewis H. E lverson, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
6 Whittier Place
B.S., University of Pennsylvania.
.
E T Faulkner , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
235 Dickinson Avenue
C harles E. G ilbert , Associate Professor of Political Science,
223 Kenyon Avenue
B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
M ark A. H eald, Associate Professor of P hysics ..................... 420 Rutgers Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University
E leanor K. H ess, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women,
302 N. Chester Road
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
O lga Lang, Associate Professor of R ussian .................................. • -410 Cedar Lane
Graduate, University of Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia ^University.
ÎC lark P. M angelsdorf, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
,
339 Riverview Road
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S. and D.Sc., Massachusetts Institute of TechP aul C. M angelsdorf, J r ., Associate Professor of P hysics-----110 Cornell Ave.

B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Irene M oll , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women

The Damsite, Wallingford, Pa.
B.S. in Ed., University of Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women
H arold P agliaro, Associate Professor of English .61 Sproul Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Columbia University.
D ean P eabody, Associate Professor of Psychology . ..........................2 Crum Ledge
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
J J ean A shmead P erkins , Associate Professor of French . . . . . -414 Drew Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
$ Absent on leave, 1966-67.

16

Kenneth S. Rawson , Associate Professor of Z o o lo g y............ 8B Whittier Place

B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Harvard Uni­
versity.
David Rosen , Associate Professor of Mathematics, 336 North Princeton Avenue
B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Jerome À. Shaffer , Associate Professor of Philosophy . . .Benjamin West House
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
David G. Sm it h , Associate Professor of Political Science.......... 519 Walnut Lane
B.A. and M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
»Claudio Spies , Associate Professor of Music and Director of Orchestra
645 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
Willis J. Stetson , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men and Director
of Athletics ...................... ..........144 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Peter G ram Swing , Associate Professor of Music and Director of the Chorus,
614 Hillborn Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
Peter T. T hom pson , Associate Professor of Chemistry . . . .915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., The John Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Percy Linwood U rban , J r ., Associate Professor of Religion,
20 South Princeton Avenue
B.A. Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M. and Th.D., General Theological
Seminary.
John W . W illiams , Associate Professor of Fine Arts
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
M. J oseph W illis, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering,
Copples and Calendar Lanes, Wallingford, Pa.
B.C.E., University of Washington; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University.
»Harrison M orris W right, Associate Professor of H istory.......... 319 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
A

s s is t a n t

P ro fesso rs

JElisa A sensio, Assistant Professor of Spanish . . 500 Oakley Road, Haverford, Pa.

M.A., Middlebury College.
George C. Avery, Assistant Professor of G erm an...........................6 Crum Ledge

B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Robert C. Bannister , Assistant Professor of History . . . . 301 Dartmouth Avenue

B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford.
Thomas H. Blackburn , Assistant Professor of E nglish ............ 525 Elm Avenue

B.A., Amherst College; B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford; Ph.D., Stan­
ford University.
^Thompson Bradley, Assistant Professor of Russian
240 Ridley Creek Road, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Columbia University.
Gomer H. D avies, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Men
225 Cornell Avenue
B.S., East Stroudsburg State Teachers College; Ed.M., Temple University.
Roland B. di Franco ’, Assistant Professor of Mathematics . .. .515 Elm Avenue
B.S., Fordham University; M.S., Rutgers University; Ph.D., Indiana Uni­
versity.
*Jarl A vard E lmgren , Assistant Professor of P hysics................ .8 Crum Ledge
B.S., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
James H. H ammons , Assistant Professor of Chemistry........ 336 Haverford Place
B.A., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
Phoebe J ane H arris, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women,
59 S. Overhill Road, Upper Providence, Pa.
B.A., University of Syracuse; M.A., Smith College.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1966-67.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.

17

{Stevens H eckscher, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics,

Pritchard Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
D onald C. H ellmann , Assistant Professor of Political Science,
317 North Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
T imothy K. K itao , Assistant Profesor of Fine A r t s ............ 317 N. Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Eugene A. K lotz , Assistant Professor of Mathematics . .317 North Chester Road
B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Yale University.
J ean H erskovits K opytoff , Assistant Professor of History .. 112 Rutgers Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; D. Phil., University of Oxford.
{G erald R. Levin , Assistant Professor of Psychology...................... 3 Crum Ledge
B.A., Antioch College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert E. Leyon , Assistant Professor of Chem istry............ . .. 519 W alnut Lane
B.A., Williams College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
R ichard F. M alacrea, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Men
307 Rutgers Avenue
B.S. Ed., West Chester State College; R.P.T., University of Pennsylvania.
J o h n J. M cLaughlin , Assistant Professor of E n g lish ................ ,7 Crum Ledge
B.A., Temple University; M.A., University of California.
T homas N. M itchell , Assistant Professor of Classics.......... Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., National University of Ireland; Ph.D., Cornell University.
{J o h n A. N evin , Assistant Professor of Psychology.................... 311 Yale Avenue
B.E., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
C lair W. N ielson , Assistant Professor of P hysics.......... 615 North Chester Road
B.S. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
H ans F. O berdiek, Assistant Professor of Philosophy............ 533 Riverview Road
B.S. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
G. Stuart P atterson , J r ., Assistant Professor of Engineering
606 N. Chester Road
B.S. and M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University.
Steven I. P iker , Assistant Professor of Anthropology . . . . . . . .5 Crum Ledge
B.A., Reed College; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Frederic L. P ryor, Assistant Professor of Economics . .............Swarthmore College
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
*A lburt M. Rosenberg, Assistant Professor of Natural Science,
609 Hillborn Avenue
B.A., Harvard University; M.S., University of Florida; PhD., University
of Pennsylvania.
Robert Roza , Assistant Professor of F rench................................. 502 Cedar Lane
B.A., University of Toronto; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Robert E. Savage, Assistant Professor of Biology .......... ..Swarthm ore College
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
J. Edward Skeath , Assistant Professor of Mathematics,
11 Benjamin West Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Susan Brooke Snyder, Assistant Professor of English !. 302 North Chester Road
B.A., Hunter College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
A ilyn T erada, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women,
231 E. Avon Rd., Parkside, Chester, Pa.
B.S., Russell Sage College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
N icholas S. T hom pson , Assistant Professor of Psychology . . 307 Vassar Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
J oh n G. W illiamson , Assistant Professor of History . . . .317 N. Chester Road
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
T homas A rtin , Instructor in English .............................317 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Princeton University.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1966-67.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.
i Absent on leave, 1966-67.

18

Instructors
James D. Freeman , Instructor in Music ...............................Swarthmore College

B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
Lewis R. G aty, II, Instructor in Economics...................... 221 Haverford Avenue

B.A., Swarthmore College.
Thomas W. H awkins , J r ., Instructor in Mathematics .............. 515 Elm Avenue

B.A., Houghton College; M.S., University of Rochester.
James R. H utchison , Instructor in Chemistry.....................Benjamin West House

B.S., Wittenberg University.

Robert O. K eohane , Instructor in Political Science . . . .317 North Chester Road

B.A., Shimer College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
W illiam C. K err, Instructor in Civil Engineering and Director of the Computer

Center ................................................................................. 915 Harvard Avenue
B.S. and M.S., Michigan State University; C.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology.
George E. M cC ully , Instructor in History ........................ 915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Brown University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Charles Ra f f , Instructor in Philosophy . .................................. Swarthmore College
B.A., University of Rochester; M.A., Brown University.
Richard Schuldenfrei, Instructor in Philosophy........ ..........Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
John S. Shackford , Instructor in E n g lish .......................... 835 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Indiana University.
Charles J. Siegman , Instructor in Economics.......... 307 Kent Road, Cynwyd, Pa.
B.A., City College of New York.
fSiMONE V. Sm ith , Instructor in French................................. • • •Swarthmore College
Licence ês Lettres, University of Grenoble.
Marie J osé Southworth , Instructor in F rench.......................... 146 Park Avenue
Cand. Cours Supérieurs, Luxembourg; M.A., Western Reserve University.
Jon V an T il , Instructor in Sociology.......................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of North Carolina.
James T. W ood, Instructor in Mathematics ............................ 915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Amherst College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
L ecturers

and

A

s s is t a n t s

Harriet Shorr Baguskas, Director of Studio Arts,

214 N. Jackson St., Media, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; B.F.A., Yale School of Art and Architecture.
Alice Brodhead, Lecturer in Education and Director of Student Teaching,
316 Ogden Avenue
B.S. and M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
John B. Clothier , J r ., Lecturer in Engineering,
222 N. Highland Ave., Lansdowne, Pa.
B.S., University of Pennsylvania.
v ia
Brooke P. Cottman , Assistant in Physical Education for Men . . . . 315 Yale Ave.
B.A., Duke University.
Frances de G raaff , Visiting Lecturer in Russian (Bryn Mawr and Haverford),
10 Railroad Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
Ph.D., University of Leyden.
Richard B. D u Boff , Visiting Lecturer in Economics (Bryn M aw r),
438 West Montgomery Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania.
G loria Carey Evans, Consultant for Testing and Guidance,
205 Linden Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., University of Wash­
ington; Ph.D., Stanford University.
Robert C. F orwood, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
911 13th Street, Prospect Park, Pa.
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Temple University.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.

19

A rthur M. Freedman , Visiting Lecturer in Economics (University of Pennsyl­

vania) ...............................................106 South Rolling Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., University of Toledo; M.A., University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
W illiam J. G in n a n e , Visiting Lecturer in Philosophy (The Australian National
University) ........................................................................... Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., University of Melbourne; B.Phil., University of Oxford.
H elen H all , Consultant in Reading and Language.......... 407 Hillborn Avenue
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
D udley H eath , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
509 Smedley Ave., Media, Pa.
B.A., Dartmouth College; Ed.M., Temple University.
G abriele S. H oenigswald, Lecturer in Classics............ 1. . 908 Westdale Avenue
M.A., Bryn Mawr College; D.Litt., University of Florence.
H elen M anning H unter , Lecturer in Economics,
Featherbed Lane, Haverford, Pa.
B.A., Smith College; Ph.D., Radcliffe College.
G ilbert Kalish , Visiting Associate in Performance (Music) .Swarthmore College
B.A., Columbia University.
D onald W . K en t , J r ., Visiting Lecturer in Physics (Bartol Foundation)
210 Cornell Avenue
B.S., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple University.
A rthur J. K omar, Lecturer in M u sic ........ ..................
328 Park Avenue
B.A., Columbia University; M.Mus., Yale University; M.F.A., Princeton
University.
P eggy K. K orn , Lecturer in H isto ry.........................1446 Rydal Road, Rydal, Pa.
B.A., Beaver College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Sarah Lee Lippincott , Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy,
510 Elm Avenue
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College;
J ames W. Lukens , J r ., Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
319 Palmers Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.S.E.E., University of Louisville; LL.B., Washington and Lee University.
Leonard R. M a n n , Visiting Lecturer in Engineering (Pennsylvania Military
College) ............................................. no Westminster Drive, Sproul Estates
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., North Carolina State College.
J ames J. M cAdoo, Assistant in Physical Education for Mew,
513 East Bringhurst, Germantown, Pa.
Robert P. N ew ton , Visiting Lecturer in German (University of Pennsyl­
vania) ................ ....................................................................... 13 Park Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Rice University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
M ichael O ssar, Lecturer in German . .............. 402 Long Lane, Upper Darby, Pa.
B.A., Cornell University; M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
J oh n H. P ollard, Visiting Lecturer in Physics (Bartol Foundation),
300 Avondale Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.Sc., Bristol University; Ph.D., Aberdeen University.
Adrienne Rich , Adviser in Creative Writing ........................Swarthmore College
B.A., Radcliffe College.
Fredrick J. Roberts, Visiting Lecturer in Political Science (University of
Delaware) .................................
.Swarthmore College
B.A., Wilkes College.
Enid Curtis Bok Schoettle , Lecturer in Political Science,
330 Spruce Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa.
B.A., Radcliffe College.
H elen P. Shatagin , Visiting Lecturer in R u ssia n .......... . .307 Cornell Avenue
Robert M. Smart, College O rganist.......................................18 Oberlin Avenue
B.A., Curtis Institute of Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College.
T sing Y uan , Lecturer in H isto ry .......................... ................ .Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., George Washington University.
P aul Z ukofsky , Visiting Associate in Performance (Music),
Swarthmore College
B.M. and M.S., Juilliard School of Music.

20

D ivisions

and

D epartments

I. Division of the Humanities— H edleY H. Rhys , Chairman
Classics, H elen F. N orth , Chairman.
English Literature, G eorge J. Becker , Chairman.
Fine Arts, R obert M. W alker , Chairman.
History, J ames A. Field , J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Modern Languages, Francis P. T afoya, Chairman.
Music, P eter G ram Swing , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, M onroe C. Beardsley, Acting Chairman.

Psychology and Education, D ean P eabody, Chairman.

II. Division of the Social Sciences— Frank C. P ierson , Chairman, first semester
H arrison M. W right , Chairman, second semester
Economics, Clair W ilcox, Chairman.
History, J ames A. Field, J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, M onroe C. Beardsley, Acting Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland P ennock , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, D ean P eabody, Chairman.
Sociology and Anthropology, Leon Bramson , Chairman.

III.

Division of Natural Sciences—D avid Rosen , Chairman

Astronomy, P eter van de K amp , Chairman.
Biology, N orman A. M einkoth , Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman.
Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, M onroe C. Beardsley, Acting Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. Elmore , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, D ean P eabody, Chairman.

IV. Division of Engineering—Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman
Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. E lmore , Chairman.

21

Standing Committees

of the

Faculty

A cademic Requirements : Moore, Chairman.

Barr, Barus, Cobbs, Cohn, Kopytoff, Lange, Livingston, Pennock ( 1st semester),
J. Williams.
Admissions and Scholarships : Hargadon, Chairman.
Barr, Carpenter, Cobbs, Flemister, Gaty, Lange, Leyon, MacLaren, Moore
North, Pagliaro, Skeath, Stott, Willis.
Athletics : Stetson, Chairman.
Barr, Cratsley, Faulkner, Hess, Morrill, Shane, Walker, Weber, Willis.
A wards and P rizes : van de Kamp, Chairman.
Avery, Cohn, Elverson, Keighton, Keohane, MacLaren, Moll.
Collection : Shane, Chairman.
Beik, Hellmann, Lange, Rawson, Snyder, Swing, P. Thompson.
Com puter : Kerr, Chairman.
Barus, Lippincott, Meinkoth, Nielson, Rosen.
Cooper F oundation : Swing, Chairman.
Blackburn, Keohane, Lippincott, McCrumm, Shane, Tafoya.
Curriculum : Shaffer, Chairman.
Bisson, Bramson, Cobbs, Klotz, Lafore ( 2nd semester), Meinkoth, Moore,
Morrill, Snyder.
Faculty and Staff Benefits : Cratsley, Chairman.
Cook, Davies, Hammons, Livingston, Ostwald, Peabody, Rhys, C. Shero.
Swarthmore F ellow ships : Wallach, Chairman.
Cowden, Flemister, Hammons, Kerr, Klotz, Siegman.
F ellowships from O ther Institutions : Beik, Chairman.
Blackburn, Gillespie (Secretary), Keighton, MacLaren, Malacrea, Morrill, Sieg­
man, Urban.
I nstruction : Courtney Smith, Chairman.
Carpenter, Cobbs, Moore, Peabody, Rhys, Pierson ( 1st semester), Rawson,
Rosen, Wright ( 2nd semester).
Library: Becker, Chairman.
Bilaniuk, Bisson, Govan, Oberdiek, Ostwald, Tafoya, Tolies, Willis.
M aster of A rts : Enders, Chairman.
Elmore, Lippincott, Mautner, P. Thompson, Tolies, Walker.
P re -M edical Program : Leyon, Chairman.
Bowie, Bullitt (Assistant to Chairman), Kopytoff, Malacrea, Nielson, Skeath,
Stott, Weber.
Research : Weber, Chairman.
Bannister, Cratsley, Grover, McCrumm, J. Williams.
Schedule of Classes: Moore, Chairman.
Avery, Bannister, Becker, Elmore, Fehnel, Hess, Jenkins.
Student A ffairs : Barr, Chairman.
Cobbs, Gaty, Lange, Pagliaro, Urban.
Student Summer Research : J. Williams, Chairman.
Barus, Beik, Cowden, Enders, Lang, Shaffer, Wallach.
T eacher Education : Cobbs, Chairman.
Becker, Brinkmann, Brodhead, Davies, Levin, Moore, Shane.
T ravel A llowance : Grover, Chairman.
Brinkmann, Enders, Jenkins, Mautner, Terada.
U se of College Facilities by O utside O rganizations : Cook, Chairman.
Davisson, Hess, Lange, Shane, Stanton, Stetson, P. Thompson.
Secretary to the Faculty : Jenkins.

22

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS
P r e s i d e n t ’s O

f f ic e

President, Courtney Sm ith , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D,
L.H.D., and Litt.D.
Administrative Assistant to the President, G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M.A., University
of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University.
Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez , B.S., University of Minnesota.
V

ic e -P r e s id e n t s ’

O

f f ic e

Vice-President— (Finance) and Controller, Edward K. Cratsley.
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Vice-President—Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, J oseph B. Sha n e .
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretaries, P auline M. Carroll, M ildred A. Scott .
D

eans’

O

f f ic e s

Dean, Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New
York University; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Associate Dean and Registrar, J o h n M. M oore , B.A., Park College; B.D.,^ Union
Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Dean of Men, Robert A. Barr, J r ., B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University
of Pennsylvania.
Dean of Women, Barbara P earson Lange .
Associate Dean of Students and Director of Financial Aid, M argaret L. M acLaren ,
B.A., Swarthmore College.
Dean of Admissions, Frederick A. H argadon, B.A., Haverford College.
Assistant Dean of Admissions, D ouglas C. T hom pson , B.S., Swarthmore College.
Assistant Dean of Admissions, Edith T wombly , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.Ed.,
Harvard University.
Administrative Assistant, M argaret W. M oore, B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Consultant for Testing and Guidance, G loria Carey Evans, B.A., V’estern Wash­
ington College of Education; M.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., Stan­
ford University.
Consultant in Reading and Language, H elen H all , B.A., Wellesley College,
M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Head Residents in Dormitories:
Simone V. Sm ith , Woolman House; Licence es Lettres, University of Grenoble.
Lynn S. M itchell , Robinson House; B.A., Trenton State College; M.S.T.,
Cornell University.
N ancy P almer , Worth Hall; B.A., Wells College.
V irginia von Franken Berg, Parrish Hall; B.A., University of Nebraska.
M ayme R. W illiams , Willets Hall.
Secretaries to the Deans:
Emily Bonsall .
Rosamond W. G arrett, B.A., Wilson College.
W inifred J. H all .
M ildred I rw in .
M yrtle R. K eeny , B.A., Dickinson College.
J ean C. N aylor, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Ruth N ylin .

23

R e g i s t r a r ’s O

f f ic e

Registrar, J o h n M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University of Delaware.
J ane H. T hom pson , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Edith Bartholomew .
L ib r a r y S t a f f

College Library
Librarian: J ames F. G ovan, B.A., University of The South; M.A., Emory
University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Associate Librarian: M artha A. Connor , B.S., M.A., University of Pennsyl­
vania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Technical Services Division: Librarian: M artha A. Connor .
Assistant Librarians:
Cataloging: D oris Beik , B.A. and B.S. in L.S., State University of New
York at Albany.
Elizabeth L. H arrar, B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University
of Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
M ildred H irsch, B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
E lizabeth S. Sharpless , B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
Order: M ary C. K erbaugh, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in
L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistants: D oris P itm an M oist ; Faith E. D iaz ; P auline M arshall,
B.S., Simmons College; M adge Spencer ; Charlotte W eiss.
Readers Services Division: Librarian: H oward H . W illiams, B.A., Lake
Forest College; M.A. and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Librarians:
Circulation: Catherine J. Sm it h , B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in
L.S., Drexel Institute.
G eorge K. H uber, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
Periodicals: A n n e P erkins, University of Delaware.
Assistants: J osephine Sm ith , B.A., Swarthmore College; E lizabeth H.
P hillips , B.A., Swarthmore College; V irginia V on Frankenberg,
B.A., University of Nebraska; Caroline Caven ; Cornelia J ohnson.
Science Librarian: E leanor A. M aass, B.A. M.S., University of Illinois;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Assistant: Cornelia T. Stadler.

Friends Historical Library
Director: Frederick B. T olles, B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University;
D.Litt., Haverford College.
Associate Director: D orothy G. H arris, B.A.,'Wellesley College; B.S. in
L.S., Drexel Institute; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretarial Assistant: E lizabeth S. M acpherson , B.A., Ursinus College.
Assistants: E leanor B. M ayer, B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; J ane M.
T horson , Cornell College.
Swarthmore College Peace Collection:
Curator: Ardith L. EMmons , B.A., William Penn College; M.A., Mills
College.
Assistant: Claire B. Shetter , Philadelphia Musical Academy.

Honorary Curators of the Friends Historical Library
Anna Pettit Broomell, Frances Williams Browin, Henry J. Cadbury, Anna
Griscom Elkinton, LaVerne Forbush, Lucretia Franklin, James R. Frorer, William
Hubben, Caroline Biddle Malin, Gerald McDonald, Richmond P. Miller, Hadassah
M. L. Holcombe, Edith Williams Way.

24

Advisory Council of the Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Anna Cox Brinton, Merle Curti,
Alfred Hassler, Ernst Posner, Joseph B. Shane, Frederick B. Tolies, E. Raymond
Wilson, Norman Whitney.
Com

puter

C enter

Director, W illiam C. K err, B.S. and M.S., Michigan State University.
Supervisor, Ronald A n t o n .
B u s in e s s O

f f ic e

Associate Controller, Accounting and Finance, G. Caroline Shero , B.A., Swarth­
more College; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Accountant, H arold L. Frederick, J r ., B.S., Juniata College.
Assistants, A n n a J effries , Freda T homas, M argaret A. T hom pson , Ellen R.
Augsberger.

Associate Controller, Purchasing and Personnel, Lewis T. Cook , J r ., B.A., St.
Lawrence University; M.S., Pennsylvania State College.
Secretary, Rut h B. W alker .
Manager of Bookstore, N ormund L. Bandrevics, B.B.A., University of Latvia;
Assistants, D aisy S. J effery , M argaret W helpley .
Stenographic Staff, M arguerite Cliffford , Edith Coh en , O lga A. H ummer ,
Ruth A n n M offett , Edith W oodland.

Switchboard Operators, J udy G race F eiy, Ayme G osman , D orothy H. O lson .
Postmistress, V era B. M orrison .
H

ouse

D

ir e c t o r ' s

O

f f ic e

House Director, K athryn A. D avisson.
Assistants to the House Director, Carrie F. A mberg, J une Carnall, Edna B.
H eale, Lily M ari, M ayme R. W illiams , P hyllis W oodcock.
Su p e r in t e n d e n t 's O

f f ic e

Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, W illiam M. Stanton , J r ., B.A.,
University of Wisconsin.
Planning Engineer, J oseph E. Spafford , B.S., University of Missouri.
Consulting Engineer, A ndrew Sim pson , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S. Cornell
University.
Director of Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, J o h n C. W ister, B.A.,
Harvard University; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Secretary, E laine E. Inn és .
Consulting Horticulturist, H arry W ood.
Assistants to the Superintendent, Franklin H. Briggs, B.A., Earlham College;
Richardson Fields, Clifford R enshaw , J r ., D avid M elrose.

Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh, M argaret R. Shaw .
A

lum ni and

Fund O

f f ic e s

Director, Kathryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, Esther K elley .
Secretaries, Elizabeth Campbell , E linor B. E leniewski.
N

ew s

O

f f ic e

Director, M aralyn O rbison G illespie , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Assistant Director, V irginia Bullitt .
Secretary, M ildred Strain .

25

V

o c a t io n a l

G

u id a n c e a n d

Placem

ent

Director, V irginia Bullitt .
H

ealth

S e r v ic e

College Physician, M orris A. Bow ie , B.A., University of Colorado; M.D., Harvard
University.
Associate College Physicians:
K en t F. Balls, B.A., Haverford College; M.D„ Cornell University
H arold C. Roxby, B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.D„ Temple
University.
Consulting Orthopedic Surgeon:
Erw in R. Schmidt , J r ., B.S., Yale University, M.D., University of Wisconsin.
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul , B.A. and M.A., Columbia University; M.D., Harvard University.
J. W. Lyons, B.A., University of Scranton; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Silas L. W arner , B.A., Princeton University; M.D., Northwestern University.
Nurses:
E lizabeth Cozine , R.N., E lizabeth F. M cCon nell , R.N., E. E lizabeth
M c G eary, R.N., H elen R. M artin , R.N., Ida M oore T homas , R.N.

26

Parrish Hall

IN T R O D U C T IO N TO

SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE

INTRODUCTION TO SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members of the Religious
Society of Friends, is a co-educational college occupying a campus of about
300 acres of rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough of Swarth­
more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate
policy. Its present enrollment is about 1025 students, of whom 475
are women and 550 are men. The borough of Swarthmore is a residential
suburb within half an hour’s commuting distance of Philadelphia. Because
of its'location, Swarthmore College students are able to combine the
advantages of a semi-rural setting with the opportunities offered by Phila­
delphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation made possible with three
other nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the
University of Pennsylvania.
O

b je c t iv e s a n d

P u rpo ses

In accordance with the traditions of its Quaker background, Swarthmore
students are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as
individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study
supplemented by a varied program of sports and other extra-curricular
activities.
The purpose of Swarthmore College is to make its students more valu­
able human beings and more useful members of society. It shares this
purpose with other educational institutions, for American education is a
direct outgrowth of our democratic principles. While a common purpose
underlies all American education, each school and college and university
seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks
it can do best. Only by such selection can it contribute to the diversity and
richness of educational opportunity which is part of the American heritage
and the American strength.
A

c a d e m ic

Com

petence

Democracy demands a broad base of intelligent understanding of issues.
It also necessitates a high order of excellence in those who are destined
to become its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the main­
tenance of high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and perform­
ance for this essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular
job well that gives the College its value in the educational pattern of
American democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are
exactly alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from con­
siderable freedom. The program of Honors study, in which Swarthmore
pioneered, is designed to give recognition to this fact. It is the most
distinctive feature of the College’s educational program. For many stu­
dents, it provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It
28

has as its main ingredients freedom from ordinary classroom routine and
dose association with faculty members in small seminars, concentrated
work in broad fields of study, and maximum latitude for the development
of individual responsibility. The Honors program and the Course pro­
gram are alternative systems of instruction for students during their last
two years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and develop­
ment from each student, the choice of method being determined by
individual need and capacity.
T

he

R e l ig io u s T

r a d it io n

Swarthmore College was founded by members of the Religious Society
of Friends, and it seeks to illuminate the life of its students with the
spiritual principles of that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian
in control since the beginning of the present century, and although the
children of Friends compose a minority of the student body, the College
seeks to preserve the religious traditions out of which it sprang.
The essence of Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking
truth and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a
way of life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving;
personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes.
The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view
of life, or any other specific set of convictions about the nature of things
and the duty of man. It does, however, have the two-fold aim of encour­
aging conscious concern about such questions and unceasing re-examination
of any view which may be held regarding them. That is the kind of
ethical and religious character which Swarthmore seeks to develop.
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing
to meet new demands and new conditions. The founders of Swarthmore
would find in it today many features which they never contemplated
when they shaped the College in the middle of the nineteenth century.
Swarthmore, if it is to remain effective, must be forever changing. The
goal is to achieve for each generation, by means appropriate to the times,
that unique contribution and that standard of excellence which have
been the guiding ideals of Swarthmore from its'founding.

29

ADMISSION
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to
the Dean of Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
G

eneral

St a t e m

ent

In the selection of students the college seeks those qualities of character,
social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily con­
cerned to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements
in the whole personality of candidates for admission.
It is the policy of the college to have the student body represent not
only different parts of the United States but many foreign countries,
both public and private secondary schools, and various economic, social,
religious, and racial groups. The college is also concerned to include in
each class sons and daughters of alumni and of members of the Society
of Friends.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective.
The task is to choose those who give promise of distinction in the quality
of their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in
their chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the
basis of their individual future worth to society and of their collective
realization of the purpose of the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory
completion of a four-year secondary school program preparatory to ad­
vanced liberal study. Under exceptional circumstances, students who have
virtually completed the normal four-year program in three years will be
considered for admission, provided they meet the competition of other
candidates in general maturity as well as readiness for a rigorous academic
program.
All applicants are selected on the following evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school principal, headmaster, or guidance
counselor and from two teachers.
3. Rating in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement
Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board.'
4. Personal interview with one of the Deans or an appointed repre­
sentative.
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude
and achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They
should also give evidence of sturdiness of character, promise of growth,
initiative, seriousness of purpose, and a sense of social responsibility. As
future members of the college community, they should represent varied
interests and backgrounds.
30

P reparation
The College does not require a set plan of secondary school courses as
preparation for its program. The election of specific subjects is left to the
student and his school advisers. In general, preparation should include:
1. Skills: The following skills are essential to success in college work
and should be brought to a high level by study and practice through­
out the preparatory period:
a. The use of the English language with accuracy and effectiveness
in reading, writing, and speaking.
b. The use of the principles of mathematics.
c. The use of one, or two, foreign languages to the point of reading
prose of average difficulty.
2. Subjects: All, or almost all, of the preparatory course should be
composed of the subjects listed in the following four groups. Varia­
tions of choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work
should be taken in each group.
History and Social Studies: American, English, European, and
ancient history; political, social, and economic problems of modern
society.
Literature and A rt: American, English, and foreign literature;
music; art.
Natural Science and Mathematics: chemistry, physics, biology,
astronomy; algebra, geometry, trigonometry. Those planning to
major in engineering should present work in chemistry, physics,
and four years of mathematics including algebra, geometry and
trigonometry.
Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, Rus­
sian, other European or Oriental languages. Applicants who
expect to mayor in science are strongly advised to include German
and, if possible, French in their school programs.
A

p p l ic a t io n s a n d

E x a m in a t io n s

Preliminary applications (requests for application papers and remittance
of $10.00, which is not refundable) must be filed no later than January
1 of the year in which the candidate wishes to be admitted. The formal
application papers must be completed and returned no later than January
15. Swarthmore does not have an "early decision program.”
All applicants for admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude
Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examina­
tion Board. The Scholastic Aptitude Test should normally be taken in
December or January of the senior year.
Achievement Tests must be taken not later than January of the senior
year. English Composition is required and the other two Achievement
31

Tests should be chosen by the candidate from two different fields. Appli­
cants for Engineering must take one achievement test in Mathematics.
The Writing Sample will not be accepted as one of the three examinations.
Candidates who take Achievement Tests in May of the junior year in
subjects completed by that time may submit the results to the Admission
Office, but it is strongly recommended that the English Composition and
at least one other Achievement Test be taken in December or January of
the senior year.
In 1966-67 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this
country and abroad on December 3, January 14, March 4, May 6, and July
8. Application to take these tests should be made directly to the College
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. A bulletin
of information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students
who wish to be examined in any of the following western states, provinces,
and Pacific areas—Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho,
Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming,
Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia,
and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan—should address their
inquiries and send their applications to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, California. Application should be made to
the Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required of candidates for scholarships. All
applicants who would like to be considered for any of our scholarships
should complete their applications at the earliest possible date. Informa­
tion concerning financial aid will be found on pages 35-44.
T he I nterview
An admissions interview with a representative of the College is a
requirement in making application to Swarthmore. Applicants are expected
to take the initiative in arranging for this interview. Those who can
reach Swarthmore with no more than a half day’s trip are urged to make
an appointment to visit the College for this purpose.* Other applicants
should request the Office of Admissions to arrange a meeting with an
alumni representative in their own area. Interviews should be completed
before March 1 of the senior year. Scholarship applicants should make
an effort to have their interviews by February 15. Candidates are not
interviewed until the latter part of the junior year. Candidates will not
be able to have campus interviews from March 15 to May 1 but a tour
of the campus may be arranged during this period. Appointments
at the College can be made by calling or writing the Office of Admissions,
KI 3-0200, Ext. 445.
* To reach the College from the New Jersey Turnpike, motorists should leave by Exit 4
(Camden-Philadelphia Interchange). Turn right dn Route 73. In about one hundred teet
turn right for Interstate Route 295 South, and follow signs for Walt Whitman Bridge. Alter
crossing Bridge follow signs for Philadelphia International Airport, Route 291. Follow Route
291 past Airport to 420. Turn right on 420 to Baltimore Pike (Alt. Rt. 1), turn left ana
proceed to intersection with Route 320. Turn left and follow signs to the College. From tn
Pennsylvania Turnpike, take Exit 24 (Valley Forge) and take second right (sign says Ardmore,
Chester) off Route 43 on to Route 23. Turn right on Route 320 and follow it to the campus.

32

A d m is s io n D

e c is io n s

Notices of the action of the Admissions Committees will be mailed
about April 15.
A

dvanced

P lacem

ent

Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular
courses if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Place­
ment Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions ate
made by the departments concerned. Every effort is made to place students
in the most advanced courses for which they are qualified.
A

p p l ic a t io n s

fo r

T

ransfer

The college accepts a very limited number of transfer students. For
favorable consideration, applicants for transfer must have had a good
scholastic record in the institution attended and must present full creden­
tials for both college and preparatory work, including a statement of
honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given
by the College Entrance Examination Board if this test has not been taken
previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not admitted to advanced
standing later than the beginning of the sophomore year. Four semesters
of study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for
a degree, two of which must be those of the senior year. Applications
for transfer must be filed by March 15 of the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are announced early in June.
Students admitted by transfer are not eligible for financial assistance
during their first year at Swarthmore.

EXPENSES
Charges for the academic year 1966-67 (two semesters) :
Tuition ...............................................................................
General Fee ......................................................................
Board and Room ................................................................
Total Resident C harges......................................

$1,775
175
950
$2,900*

While a general charge for board and room is made, this may be divided
into $550 for board and $400 for room. The general fee of $175 covers
the cost of student health services, library and laboratory fees, athletic fees,
attendance at all campus social and cultural events, and the support of most
other extra-curricular activities.
One half of the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the
beginning of the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening of
the current term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order
of S w a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e . A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence
about financial matters should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero,
Associate Controller.
Students who wish to charge Book Store purchases, laboratory break­
age fees, etc., may do so by maintaining a student deposit account at the
Business Office against which charge checks may be drawn. Cash with­
drawals may also be made. Students will be notified when overdrafts
occur and no cash withdrawals may be made unless a cash balance is
maintained. A minimum deposit of $75.00 in September is suggested and
all students are urged to maintain such an account for their convenience.
No reduction or refunding of tuition can be made on account of
absence, illness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. No
reduction or refund will be made for failure to occupy the room assigned
for a given term, nor is the general fee refundable. In case of absence
or withdrawal from the college and provided due notice has been given
in advance to the Business Office, there will be a refund of two-thirds
of the board charge for any time in excess of two weeks. Exceptions will
be made for students who are required by the draft to leave during the
course of the academic year. In these cases tuition, general fee, board
and room charges will be refunded on a pro rata basis.
T

u it io n

Paym

ent

P lans

Many of the parents of students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and
residence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under
certain alternative plans. The cost is 2% % to 6% greater than when
payments are ‘t nade in cash in advance. Details of the plans will be
* An advance deposit of $2 5 is required of all new students in order to reserve a place in
college for the coming year. A similar deposit of $15 is required of returning students. These
deposits are credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room.

34

furnished by the College prior to issuance of the first semester’s bill in
September.
A

c c id e n t

and

Si c k n e s s I n s u r a n c e

The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness
insurance to students through John C. Paige & Company of Boston,
Massachusetts. Accident coverage alone costs $6.50 per year (12 months)
for women, and $12.50 for men. The combined accident and sickness
policy is available at an annual cost of $23.50 for women and $27.50 for
men. At least accident coverage is required of all students who participate
in intercollegiate athletic activities and the combined accident and sickness
policy is particularly recommended. Application forms are mailed to all
students during the summer.

FINANCIAL AID
The college assigns scholarships to a substantial number of students
each year. These awards are normally made to entering freshman students
and are renewable for four years. About one hundred freshman scholar­
ships are awarded carrying stipends varying from $100 to $3,000 annually.
Approximately thirty per cent of the total student body are currently
receiving scholarship aid from the College, with stipends averaging about
$1,100 annually. Another ten to fifteen per cent are being assisted from
sources outside the College.
All grants are based upon school or college record, and upon financial
need as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Committee
through the agency of the College Scholarship Service. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required to submit a Parents Confidential
Statement to the Service. This form may be obtained from a secondary
school or from the College Scholarship Service, P. O. Box 176, Princeton,
New Jersey, or P. O. Box 1025, Berkeley, California. The Scholarship
Committee reviews the financial situation and academic progress of every
scholarship holder at the end of each academic year before renewing the
awards. In computing stipends the committee takes into account an ex­
pected family contribution from income and assets, the student’s savings
and summer earnings. These are budgeted against a normal total expense
of $3,300 for the college year. This allows $400 for incidental expenses
exclusive of travel and for the total college charge of $2,900, which in­
cludes tuition, board and room, and a very comprehensive college fee which
covers not only the usual student services (health, library, laboratory) but
also attendance at all campus social, cultural and athletic events, and sup­
port of most club activities. The College reserves the right to adjust college
stipends in the event the student receives scholarship assistance from other
sources. First year transfer students are not eligible for scholarship aid.
Candidates wishing to apply for scholarships should make the usual
application for admission. All applicants for admission are given the
opportunity to apply for scholarship aid. The candidate’s status with
35

respect to need for scholarship is not considered to be a relevant factor
in the matter of reaching decisions concerning admission to the college.
For the academic year 1966-67 the college has granted approximately
$375,000 in scholarships. About two-thirds of that sum was provided by
special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed below. Funds from the
federal government are administered for needy students who are eligible
for Educational Opportunity Grants and those who wish to take part in the
Work-Study program. Applicants are not required to apply for specific
scholarships but will be considered for all scholarship opportunities either
from endowed scholarships or from general college scholarship funds.
Financial need is a requirement for all scholarships listed below unless
otherwise indicated.
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE NATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS

Swarthmore College awards each year a number of four-year National
Scholarships to the men and women entering the freshman class. All
candidates for admission to the College may be considered for these scholar­
ships. Based on the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships, the awards
are made to those candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of
Award, rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. Whenever
feasible, finalists for National Scholarships will be interviewed by the
Committee of Award.
The amount of the annual award varies from $100 to $3,000 according
to the financial need of the winner. In those cases where there is no
financial need, National Scholarships will be awarded on an honorary
basis and carry an annual stipend of $100.
O

ther

Sc h o l a r s h ip s O

pen

to

M

en

and

W

om en

The F r a n k a n d M a r i e A y d e l o t t e S c h o l a r s h i p is awarded biennially
to a new student who shows promise of distinguished intellectual attain­
ment based upon sound character and effective personality. The award
is made in honor of Frank Aydelotte, President of the College from 19211940, and originator of the Honors program at Swarthmore, and of Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
The C u r t i s B o k S c h o l a r s h i p was established in the College’s Cen­
tennial Year 1964 in honor of the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alumnus of Swarthmore. The
scholarship is assigned annually to a junior or senior man or woman
whose qualities of mind and character indicate a potential for humani­
tarian service such as Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have wished
to develop in young people. Students in any field of study, and from
any part of this country or from abroad, are eligible. The scholarship is
renewable until graduation.
The E d n a P o w n a l l B u f f i n g t o n F u n d was established during the
College’s Centennial Year of 1964. The income from this Fund is used
36

to provide scholarships for a student or students attending Swarthmore
College who are concentrating their studies in the field of the social sci­
ences and who indicate an interest in the objects or purposes of the Amer­
ican Friends Service Committee and a desire following their graduation
and post-graduate work to serve in those fields. Awards are made to
students in any of the four classes.
The K atharine Scherman Scholarship, is awarded to a student
with a primary interest in the arts and the humanities, having special
talents in these fields. Students with other special interests, however, will
not be excluded from consideration. Awarded in honor of Katharine
Scherman, of the Class of 1938, it is renewable for the full period of
undergraduate study.
The Scott A ward at Swarthmore. A scholarship established by the
Scott Paper Co. of Chester, Pa., in honor of its former president, Arthur
Hoyt Scott of the Class of 1895. Given for the first time in 1 9 5 3 , it is
awarded annually to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter business
after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities of scholarship, char­
acter, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The award provides the
recipient with $1,500 for each of his last two years in college, regardless
of financial need.
The Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory of Francis W.
D Olier of the Class of 1907, is awarded to a freshman man or woman.
In making selections, the committee will place emphasis on character, per­
sonality and ability.
The Stella and Charles G uttman Foundation Scholarships
were established in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide schol­
arships to defray all or part of the cost of tuition and fees for students
who require financial assistance. Preference is given to students of recog­
nized ability who have completed two academic years of college and who
are contemplating graduate or professional study. The scholarships are
renewable for a second year.
The Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship established by their son,
Eugene M. Lang of the Class of 1938, provides financial assistance for a
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality.
The Adele M ills Riley M emorial Scholarship, founded by her
husband, John R. Riley, was awarded for the first time for the academic
year 1964-65. Under the provisions of this scholarship, an annual award
subject to renewal is made to a deserving student, man or woman. Selec­
tion stresses the candidate’s capacity for significant development of his or
her interests and talents during the college years. Qualities of intellectual
promise as well as potential for service are sought in making this appoint­
ment.
37

The R o b e r t C. B r o o k s S c h o l a r s h i p was established as a memorial
to Professor Brooks by a number of his former students. It is available
to a major in Political Science in the junior or senior year.
The Louis N. R o b i n s o n S c h o l a r s h i p was established during the Col­
lege’s Centennial year by the family and friends of Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of the Swarthmore College
faculty and founder of the Economics Discussion Group. A member of
the junior or senior class who has demonstrated interest and ability in the
study of Economics is chosen for this award.
The A u d r e y F r i e d m a n T r o y S c h o l a r s h i p , established by her hus­
band, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman with
preference given to residents of the town of North Hempstead, Nassau
County, New York. The scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion of the College. In awarding the scholarship, prime considera­
tion is given to the ability of the prospective scholar to profit from a
Swarthmore education, and to be a contributor to the College and ulti­
mately to society.
The G e n e r a l M o t o r s S c h o l a r s h i p is awarded by the Scholarship
Committee to an incoming freshman man or woman who is a citizen of the
United States. Selection is made on the basis of the high school academic
record, participation in extracurricular activities, and evidence of leadership
qualities.
The M i d w e s t S c h o l a r s h i p s are awarded each year to one man and one
woman applicant who resides in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan or Wisconsin.
Winners will be selected on the basis of their potential contribution to the
academic and extracurricular life of the College.
The M a r s h a l l P. S u l l i v a n S c h o l a r s h i p F u n d was established by
Creth and Sullivan, Inc. in memory of Marshall P. Sullivan of the Class of
1897. Preference will be given to graduates of George School, but if no
suitable candidate applies from this school, graduates of other Friends
schools or other persons will be eligible.
The RCA S c h o l a r s h i p , provided by the Radio Corporation of America,
is awarded to a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic
record in the field of science or engineering at the undergraduate level.
The appointment is usually made for the junior or senior year.
The E . H ib b e r d L a w r e n c e S c h o l a r s h i p provides for a scholarship
to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The E d w a r d S . B o w e r M e m o r i a l S c h o l a r s h i p , established by Mr.
and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in memory of their son, Class of ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, char­
acter, and personality.
38

The Cornelia Chapman Pittenger Scholarship established by her
family and friends is awarded to an incoming freshman man or woman who
ranks high in scholarship, character and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship was given by Daniel Underhill
’94, in memory of his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member of the first
Board of Managers.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth T. W ilson Schol­
provides financial aid for a deserving student.

arship

The Rachel W. H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillborn Philips of the Class of 1892 in memory of her mother, with the
stipulation that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior
class who is studying for service in the international field. Preference
will be given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world
understanding through diplomatic service, participation in some inter­
national government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or
similar activities.
The J onathan K. T aylor Scholarship, in accordance with the
donor’s will, is awarded by the Board of Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting of Friends. The scholarship is first open to descendants of the
late Jonathan K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to mem­
bers of the Baltimore Yearly Meetings of Friends, it is not to be confined
to them when suitable persons in membership cannot be found.
The Phebe A nn a T horne Fund provides an income for scholarships
for students whose previous work has demonstrated their earnestness and
their ability. This gift includes a clause of preference to those students
who are members of the New York Monthly Meeting of Friends.
The W estbury Q uarterly M eeting, N. Y., Scholarship, is awarded
annually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting.
The Sarah A ntrim Cole Scholarship was founded by her parents
in memory of Sarah Antrim Cole of the Class of 1934. It is awarded
to a graduate of the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore of
the Class of 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give
preference to qualified candidates who are descendants of Amand and
Margaret White Lafore.
The James E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will of Arabella M.
Miller funds are available annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents of Nether Providence Township).
The Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship. A scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends of Edward Clarkson Wilson,
’91, formerly Principal of the Baltimore Friends School. It will be awarded
each year to a former student of the Baltimore Friends School, who has
39

been approved by the faculty of the school, on the basis of high character
and high standing in scholarship.
The C h i O m e g a S c h o l a r s h i p provides an award annually to a member
of the freshman class. Preference is given to daughters or sons of mem­
bers of the fraternity.
The D e l t a G a m m a S c h o l a r s h i p is to be awarded to a blind student
at Swarthmore College. In any year in which there is no such candidate
the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The K a p p a K a p p a G a m m a S c h o l a r s h i p provides an award to a mem­
ber of the freshman class. Preference is given to relatives of members of
the fraternity.
The S a m u e l W i l l e t s F u n d . This fund provides an annual income
for scholarships. A portion of the fund is assigned for scholarships in
the name of Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick Willets, Edward Willets,
Walter Willets, and Caroline W. Frame.
The T. V. W i l l i a m s o n S c h o l a r s h i p . Preference is given to graduates
of Friends Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School,
Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn
Friends School.
The R o b e r t P y l e S c h o l a r s h i p was established by his sisters, Margery
Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff, in memory of Robert Pyle of the Class of 1897
and for many years a member of the Board of Managers. Applicants who
show promise of intellectual attainment based upon sound character and
effective personality and who reside in Chester County are given preference.
The income from each of the following funds is awarded at the dis­
cretion of the college.
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The

Barclay G. A tkinson Scholarship F und .
R ebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund .
C lass of 1913 Scholarship F und .
Class of 1914 Scholarship F und .
Class of 1915 Scholarship F und .
C lass of 1917 Scholarship F und .
W illiam D orsey Scholarship F und .
G eorge Ellsler Scholarship F und .
J oseph E. G illingham F und .
T homas L. Leedom Scholarship F und .
Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship F und .
Reader’s D igest Fund .
M ark E. R eeves Scholarship F und .
Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship F und .
M ary Sproul Scholarship F und .
H elen Squier Scholarship F und .
Francis H olmes Strozier M emorial Scholarship Fund.
40

The J o s e p h T.
The D

eborah

The T

homas

S u l l iv a n Sc h o l a r s h ip F u n d .
F. W

W

harton

oodnutt

S c h o l a r s h ip F u n d .

Sc h o l a r s h ip F u n d .

Sc h o l a r s h ip s

fo r

M

en

The T h o m a s B . M c C a b e A c h i e v e m e n t A w a r d s , established by
Thomas B . McCabe '15, are awarded to freshman men from the Delmarva
Peninsula and Northern New England (Maine, New Hampshire, or Ver­
mont) who give promise of leadership. In making selections, the Com­
mittee will place emphasis on ability, character, personality, and service to
school and community. Two awards, providing a minimum annual grant of
$1,775 (tuition) or up to $3,000 depending on need, will be made to
residents of Delaware or the Eastern Shore counties of Maryland or Vir­
ginia. One award, providing an annual grant of up to $3,000 depending
on need, will be made to a resident of Maine, New Hampshire, or Vermont.
The P h i l i p T. S h a r p l e s S c h o l a r s h i p , a four-year scholarship open
to entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men
in engineering or physical science. The committee, in making its selec­
tions, will have regard for candidates who rank highest in scholarship,
character, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. At least one scholar­
ship will be given each year.
The S c o t t B . L i l l y S c h o l a r s h i p , endowed by Jacob T. Schless of
the Class of 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time
in 1950. This scholarship is in honor of a former distinguished Professor
of Engineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering
will be given preference. An award is made annually.
The N e w t o n E. T a r b l e A w a r d , established by Newton E. Tarble
of the Class of 1913, is granted to a freshman man who gives promise
of leadership, ranks high in scholarship, character and personality, and
resides west of the Mississippi River or south of Springfield in the State
of Illinois.
The B o o k a n d K e y S c h o l a r s h i p , established by the Book and Key
men’s senior honorary society in 1965 when the Society dissolved itself,
is awarded each year to a senior man who has shown quality of leadership
and has demonstrated through past performance his eagerness to give
service to college and community. He should rank high in scholarship,
character and personality.
The A a r o n B. I v i n s S c h o l a r s h i p is awarded annually to a young
man of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­
delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty of Friends Central
School, and is subject to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The H oward C o o p e r J o h n s o n S c h o l a r s h i p , established by Howard
Cooper Johnson '96, is awarded on the basis of all-around achievement to
a male undergraduate who is a member of the Society of Friends.
41

The T. H. D udley P erkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded !
annually to an entering freshman on the basis of qualities of manhood,
force of character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical
vigor as shown by participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The Christian R. and M ary F. Lindback Foundation Scholarship
is awarded to deserving students from the States of Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The W illiam G. and M ary N. Serrill H onors Scholarship is a
competitive Scholarship for Men, awarded to a candidate for admission
to the college, based upon the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships.
Preference will be given to men who are residents of Abington Township,
including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pa.
The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K.
Johnson in memory of her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to a man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to
have had, since entering College, the best record for scholarship, character,
and influence.
The D onald R enwick Ferguson Scholarship, established by Mrs.
Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory of her husband, Donald Renwick Fer­
guson, M.D., of the Class of 1912, is awarded to a young man who is
looking forward to the study of medicine.
The P eter M ertz Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman
outstanding in mental and physical vigor, who shows promise of spend­
ing these talents for the good of the college community and of the larger
community outside. The award was established in 1955 by Harold,
LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory of Peter Mertz, who was a member
of the class of 1957. It is renewable for all four undergraduate years.
T he Anthony Beekman P ool Scholarship. This, scholarship is
awarded to an incoming freshman man of promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory of Tony Pool of the Class of 1959.
T he W alter W. K rider Scholarship was established by his wife and
daughter for a young man who ranks high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The H oward S. Evans 1903 Scholarship provides scholarships for
worthy male students. The awards are made to those who stand high in
scholarship, character, and personality. Preference is given first to ap­
plicants preparing for the ministry of the Episcopal Church, second, to that
of other protestant denominations; and third, to those interested in En­
gineering or Economics.
Scholarships

for

W omen

The A lumnae Scholarship, established by the Philadelphia and New
York Alumnae Clubs, is awarded to a young woman who ranks high in
scholarship, character and personality. It is awarded for one year.
42

The A nnie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young
woman of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty of Friends Central
School, and is subject to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The C lara B. M arshall Scholarship, established by the will of Dr.
Clara B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with
preference given to descendants of her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or
Mahlon Phillips.
The G eorge K. and Sallie K. J ohnson F und provides financial aid
during the senior year for young women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
The M ary Coates Preston Scholarship F und . A sum of money
has been left by will of Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest of which pro­
vides a scholarship to a young woman student in Swarthmore College.
Preference is given to a relative of the donor.
The H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholarship for a young
woman who is a member of the Society of Friends (Philadelphia Yearly
Meeting).
The M ary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C.
Longstreth in memory of her mother and is to be awarded annually to
assist a young woman student to pursue her studies in the College.
The Lily T ily Richards Scholarship, established by Peirce L. Rich­
ards, Jr., in memory of his wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship, character, personality and phys­
ical vigor.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship given in loving memory by her
daughter, Leah S. Leeds of the Class of 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality.
The T itus Scholarships established by the will of Georgiana Titus
of the Class of 1898 are awarded to young women in order that they may
pursue their studies in the College.
The J essie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship Fund is the gift of
Michel Kovalenko in memory of his wife. This scholarship is to be
awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who is in her junior or senior
year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a graduate of the college,
preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or
elsewhere.
The income of the K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship F und , given
by members and friends of the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarth­
more, is awarded annually to a woman student.
The M ary W ood Fund provides a scholarship which may be awarded
to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
43

Lo a n F unds

Swarthmore participates in the federal loan program established under
the National Defense Education Act. The College also maintains special
loan funds which are listed below. Students in good standing who do
not receive sufficient scholarship assistance to meet financial need are
encouraged to apply for loans through the financial aid officer. Repay­
ment of college loans begins nine months after the student completes his
higher education and are repayable within the next eleven years. The
loans bear annual interest of 3% on the unpaid balance beginning with
the date on which repayment is to begin. Amounts vary according to
need, although the College believes that students should avoid heavy in­
debtedness which might prove detrimental to their own plans. The
amount of a loan may not exceed $1,000 annually. For the year 1966-67
thé College has made approximately 125 loans in amounts averaging
about $400.
The J oseph W. Conard M emorial F und , established by friends of
the late Professor Conard, is available for loans to worthy students in
financial difficulty.
O ther Special Loan F unds

The Class of 1916 Loan F und .
The Class of 1920 Loan F und .
The Class of 1936 Loan F und .
The J ohn A. M iller Loan F und .
The Paul M. P earson Loan F und .
The Ellis D. W illiams F und .
The Swarthmore College Student Loan F und .
Student Employment affords opportunity to earn money by regular
work at current wage rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories or
libraries. A student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship or
a grant-in-aid. The distribution of jobs among those authorized to hold
them is made by the Student Employment office. Residents of the bor­
ough of Swarthmore often send requests for services to the college, which
cooperates in making these opportunities known to students. About onethird of the students enrolled in college obtain employment regularly
through the office. Earnings are restricted by the time a student can spend,
though many students earn as much as $200-$300 during the college year,
and some earn up to $500.

44

EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES
The primary educational resources of any college are the quality of its
faculty and the spirit of the institution. Second to these are the physical
facilities, in particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate instruction and in some
cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology,
astronomy, and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul
Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center of
much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in psychology, zoology,
botany, and premedical studies. The Pierre S. du Pont Science Building,
completed in I960, provides accommodations for chemistry, mathematics,
and physics. Beardsley and Hicks Halls contain the engineering labora­
tories. The Bartol Research Foundation of the Franklin Institute, which
is also located on the campus, enjoys an international reputation for its basic
research activities in physics, particularly in the fields of nuclear physics,
cosmic radiation, and solid state physics.
The Swarthmore College Library, in part the gift of Andrew
Carnegie, contains reading rooms, offices and a collection of 295,000
volumes. Some 12,000 volumes are added annually. About 1,400 periodi­
cals are received regularly. The general collection, including all but the
scientific and technical books and journals, is housed in the library build­
ing, situated on the front campus. An addition providing storeroom
for 150,000 volumes was erected in 1935. The Du Pont Science Library,
new in I960, houses some 21,000 books and journals in chemistry, engi­
neering, mathematics and physics. The library is definitely a collection
of books and journals for undergraduate use. The demands of Honors
work, however, make necessary the provision of large quantities of source
material not usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates.
It is a point of library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through
inter-library loan, the books needed by students or members of the faculty
for their individual research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections—the British
Americana collection, the Wells Wordsworth and Thomson collections,
and a collection of the issuances of 561 private presses.
The T homas B. and J eannette E. L. M cCabe Library, with a capacity
for 600 readers and approximately 425,000 volumes, is at present under
construction and should be ready for occupancy in September, 1967.
A number of special features enrich the academic background of the
college. Among these are the following:
The Biddle M emorial Library is an attractive fireproof structure of
stone and steel given by Clement M. Biddle, ’96, in memory of his father,
Clement M. Biddle, who served for over twenty years as a member of the
Board of Managers or as an officer of the Corporation of the College.
45

This building houses the Friends Historical Library, which includes the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection.
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham,
is one of the outstanding collections in the United States of manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history of the Society of
Friends. The library is a depository for records of Friends Meetings
belonging to Philadelphia Yearly Meeting. More than 2,000 record books
have been deposited; many of them have been reproduced on microfilm,
for which three reading machines are available. The William Wade
Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records indexes the material of
genealogical interest in the records of 307 meetings in various parts of
the United States. Notable among the other holdings are the Whittier
Collection (first editions and manuscripts of John Greenleaf Whittier,
the Quaker poet), the Mott Manuscripts (over 400 autograph letters of
Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women's rights leader), and the Hicks
Manuscripts (more than 300 letters of Elias Hicks, a famous Quaker
minister). The Library’s collection of books and pamphlets by and about
Friends numbers approximately 30,000 volumes. About 162 Quaker
periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection
of photographs of meetinghouses and pictures of representative Friends.
It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the advantages of giving
to this Library any books and family papers which may throw light on
the history of the Society of Friends.
The Swarthmore College P eace Collection is of special interest
to research students and others seeking the records of the Peace Move­
ment. The personal papers of Jane Addams of Hull House, Chicago,
(approximately 10,000 items) formed the original nucleus of the Collec­
tion, which now contains documentation on the history of the organized
peace movement from its beginnings circa 1815, to the present time, as
well as correspondence and writings of many workers for international
peace and arbitration. The Collection includes files of some 1,200 peace
periodicals published in the United States and abroad over the past 150
years; approximately 162 such periodicals in eleven languages are currently
received from twenty-five countries. This collection is the official deposi­
tory for the archives of leading peace organizations in the United States.
A more complete description of the Collection will be found in the Guide
to the Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published by the College and
available on request.
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program of
lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work of the college.
The Foundation was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend
of the college, whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member
of the Board of Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed
to the college the sum of $100,000 and provided that the income should
be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens
46

of this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education,
the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty,
students and the college community may be broadened by a closer
acquaintance with matters of world interest.” Admission to all programs
is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and
with student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and
also in bringing to the college speakers of note who remain in residence
for a long enough period to enter into the life of the community. Some
of these speakers have been invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the auspices of the Foundation. This
arrangement has so far produced sixteen volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials of Democracy. Phila­
delphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Lowes, John Livingston. Geoffrey Chaucer and the Development of His
Genius. New York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
Weyl, Hermann. Mind and Nature. Philadelphia, University of Penn­
sylvania Press, 1934.
America’s Recovery Program, by A. A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A.
Heath Onthank . . . and others . . . London, New York, etc.,
Oxford University Press, 1934.
Salter, Arthur S. baron. World Trade and Its Future. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1936.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N ow ; a Proposal for a Federal
Union of the Democracies of the North Atlantic. New York, Harper, 1939.
Krogh, August. The Comparative Physiology of Respiratory Mechan­
isms. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Griffith, Ernest Stacey. The Modern Government in Action. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1942.
Linton, Ralph. The Cultural Background of Personality. New York,
London, D. Appleton-Century Co., 1945.
Wilcox, Clair, Editor. Civil Liberties Under Attack. A series of lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
Redfield, Robert; Peasant Society and Culture; an Anthropological
Approach to Civilization. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1956.
Weatherford, Willis D., Jr., Editor. The Goals of Higher Education. A
series of lectures given in the spring of 1958. Cambridge: Harvard
University Press, I960.
Lovejoy, Arthur Oncken. Reflections on Human Nature. Baltimore:
Johns Hopkins University Press, 1961.
Rhys, Hedley H., Editor. Seventeenth Century Science and the Arts,
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1962.
47

Brandt, Richard B., Editor. Social Justice. Englewood Cliffs: PrenticeHall, 1962.
Pennock, James Roland, Editor. Self-government in Modernizing Na­
tions. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1965.
The A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . About three
hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large
tract of woodland and the valley of Crum Creek. Much of this tract has
been developed as an horticultural and botanical collection of trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants through the provisions of the Arthur Hoyt
Scott Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur
Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur
Hoyt Scott of the Class of 1895. The plant collections are designed
both to afford examples of the better kinds of trees, shrubs and herba­
ceous plants which are hardy in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania and
suitable for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus.
There are exceptionally fine displays of Japanese cherries, flowering crab
apples, magnolias and tree peonies, and a great variety of lilacs, rhododen­
drons, azaleas, daffodils, irises, herbaceous peonies, and hemerocallis.
Many donors have contributed generously to the collections. (For full
information see Bulletin of Swarthmore College, Vol. xxxvii, No. 5.)
The A rts Center , opened in 1961, contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theater, the Florence Wilcox Lobby for art exhibitions, the
Dorothy Hunt Music Room, and studios for various arts and crafts. The
Class of 1910 Room provides suitable quarters for student government,
and other rooms are provided for student publications and other extra­
curricular activities.
The Computer Center , located in Beardsley Hall, is equipped with
an I.B.M. 1620 Computer. It is available to the faculty members and
students for research and instruction.
A new Language Laboratory, made possible by a contribution from
the James Foundation of New York, was installed in 1964. It provides
stations for 35 students and has the equipment for effective use in language
teaching.
The Bronson M. Cutting M emorial Collection of Recorded
M usic was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift of approxi­
mately four thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and
musical scores, from the family of Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator
from New Mexico. Its object is to make the best recorded music avail­
able to the undergraduates, faculty, and friends of Swarthmore College,
in cooperation with the work of the college Department of Music. The
collection is kept up to date with current additions.
The Benjam in W est Lecture, made possible by gifts from members
of the class of 1905 and other friends of the College, is given annually
on some phase of art. It is the outgrowth of the Benjamin West Society
48

which built up a collection of paintings, drawings, and prints, which are
exhibited, as space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes
its name to the American artist, who was born in a house which stands
on the campus and who became president of the Royal Academy.
The P otter Collection of R ecorded Literature, established in
1950 with accumulated income from the William Plumer Potter Public
Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety of recorded poetry, drama and
prose. Among the 700 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers
reading from and discussing their works; full length versions of Shake­
spearean plays and other dramatic repertoire; the literature of earlier
periods read both in modern English and in the pronunciation of the
time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical settings;
and recordings of literary programs held at Swarthmore. These materials
are used as adjuncts to the study of literature. The collection is housed
in Beardsley Hall and students are admitted on application to the Secre­
tary of the Language Laboratory. The Department of English Literature
is in charge of the collection and selects current additions.
The Betty D ougherty Spock M emorial F und , established through
the generosity of friends of the late member of the Class of 1952, provides
income for the purchase of dramatic recordings. These are kept with the
Potter Collection.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund for the Advancement of
Music at Swarthmore was established in 1964 by two graduates of the
College, Mr. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard of Rosemont, Pennsylvania. The
income from the fund may be used for any activity that contributes to the
advancement of music at the college. It has been used, for example, for
concerts on the campus, for the purchase of vocal and orchestral scores
and other musical literature, and to provide scholarships for students who
show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists. In the year 1966-67
part of the fund is being used to bring to the campus two visiting Asso­
ciates in Performance for weekly concerts of chamber music and for in­
struction for instrumentalists in the College Orchestra.
The G ene D. O verstreet M emorial F und , given by friends in
memory of Gene D. Overstreet (1924-1965), a member of the Political
Science Department, 1957-1964, provides income to bring a visiting expert
to the campus to discuss problems of developing or modernizing nations
and cultures.

49

COLLEGE LIFE
H ousing
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assump­
tion that an important element in education comes from close association of
students and instructors. Most students live in dormitories. Many members
of the faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence Halls
There are seven dormitories for men: Wharton Hall, named in honor
of its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President of the Board of
Managers, Palmer, Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road,
Ashton House on Elm Avenue, and two buildings on the former Mary
Lyon School property. Two additional dormitories, Dana and Hallowell,
are under construction.
The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings of
Parrish Hall; Worth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth, 7 6 , and J.
Sharpies Worth, ex-’73, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House;
Woolman House; and Willets Hall, largely made possible by a bequest
from Phebe Seaman, ’19, and named in honor of her mother and aunts.
All freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students
choose their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must
be obtained to room outside the dormitories.
Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special
arrangements with the Deans and payment of the required fee. Freshmen,
sophomores and juniors are asked to leave college immediately after their
last examination in'the spring so that their rooms may be used by Com­
mencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is designed to provide protection
for College property and does not include the property of students or
others. It is therefore suggested that students and their parents should
review their insurance programs in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at college.
Dining Hall
All students, both men and women, have their meals in the Philip T.
Sharpies Dining Hall. The dining hall is ordinarily closed during vacations.
R eligious Life
The religious life of the college is founded on the Quaker principle
that the seat of spiritual authority lies in the Inrier Light of each individual.
The Society of Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best
expressed in the quality of everyday living. There are accordingly no
compulsory religious exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional
element in Collection may be so considered. Students are encouraged to
attend the churches of their choice. Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist,
50

and Christian Science churches are located in the borough of Swarthmore;
other churches and synagogues in the nearby towns of Morton, Media,
Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Meeting House is located on
the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its meeting for worship
on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty cooperation exist for the
study of the Bible and the exploration of common concerns in religion.
Collection
An assembly of the college, called Collection, is held at 10:00 a.m on
alternate Thursdays in Clothier Memorial; attendance of students is
required. There is regularly a period of silence according to the Friendly
tradition and a reading. Lasting about three-quarters of an hour, Collection
normally includes an address; but this is varied by the occasional intro­
duction of musical, dramatic, and other programs.
Student W elfare
Health
The college physicians hold daily office hours at the college, where
students may consult them without charge. A student must report any
illness to the college physicians, but is free to go for treatment to another
doctor if he prefers to do so.
At the time of admission each student must present a brief medical
history and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form
supplied by the college. Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric
disturbances will be especially valuable to the college Health Service. All
new students must have been successfully vaccinated against smallpox
within five years, in accordance with Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at
the beginning of each year. There is close cooperation with the Depart­
ments of Physical Education. Recommendations for limited activity are
made for those students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student
may be excused entirely from the requirements of the Physical Education
Department.
The Worth Health Center, a gift of the Worth family in memory of
William Penn Worth ’76 and Caroline Hallowell Worth ’79, was opened
in September of 1965. It houses offices for the college physicians and
nurses, out-patient treatment facilities and rooms for men and women
who must remain as in-patients. Registered nurses are on duty under the
direction of the college physicians.
Each student is allowed fen days care in the Health Center per term
without charge unless the services of a special nurse are required. After
ten days, a charge of $5.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a
communicable disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them
to remain in bed must stay in the Health Center for the period of their
51

illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished without cost, but a charge is
made for special medicines, certain immunization procedures, and trans­
portation.
The medical facilities of the college are available to students injured
in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume addi­
tional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising
from accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for
all students participating in athletics and is recommended for all others.
(For details see p. 35.)
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment
each week. The purpose of this service is to be of help in all types of
emotional problems and three visits are offered without charge. The
consulting psychiatrists have an office in the Worth Health Center.
Vocational Advising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students
in their choice of a career. Conferences and field trips are planned
periodically and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help
is offered to students in finding employment. In addition, summer work
opportunities are made known to students.
Alumni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates
and alumni of the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine,
and acts as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups,
interpreting to them the present plans and policies of the college.
News Office
The News Office does a two-fold job. It helps prepare the several
publications put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins.
These include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue,
the Student Handbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In addition to
this, the News Office, through the largely student operated News Bureau,
works with the press and other communications media in publicizing news
that is of interest to the general public.
Student Advising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for
advising all students. However, there are many other advisers available.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as his course
adviser until this responsibility falls to the chairman of the student’s
major department at the end of his sophomore year. Faculty members
have also been appointed as advisers for each of the men’s varsity athletic
teams. They work closely with the team, attending practices and many
of the scheduled contests.
52

Mrs. Helen Hall and Mrs. Gloria Evans are experienced counselors who
are glad to assist students with problems of academic adjustment, study
skills and reading proficiency. They also can give aptitude and interest
tests on request. Appointments may be made at their offices in Parrish Hall.
Each women’s dormitory has a head resident. In Parrish and Willets,
thé head resident is assisted by student residents who are members of the
senior class.
A group of upperclass women, under the direction of the Women’s
Student Government Association, serve as counselors for all freshman
women, several counselors being assigned to each hall. There are also
student proctors in each of the men’s dormitory sections. A group of
students assist the Deans with the orientation program conducted during
the freshman week.
T he Student Community
Student Conduct
The Society of Friends has historically been conservative in social
matters, and its influence within the College community is one of the
important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Students who choose
Swarthmore as their college should recognize that they are selecting a set
of social arid academic standards that are intrinsic to the history and
point of view of this institution. In general, the life of students is to be
governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than by elaborate
rules. Certain rules, however, are of sufficient importance to deserve atten­
tion here:
1. The men’s and women’s dormitories are not to be visited by members
of the opposite sex except under the following conditions: Visiting is
permitted in the public parlors between certain specified hours; open
houses on certain afternoons and evenings may be scheduled according
to the rales established by the Student Affairs Committee.
2. The possession and use of alcoholic beverages on the campus is
forbidden, as is disorderly conduct.
3. The use or possession of firearms or other dangerous weapons is
not permitted. Firecrackers or other explosives are prohibited. Tampering
with fire alarm or prevention equipment is a serious offense.
4. No undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at
the College without the permission of the Dean of Men. This permission
is not extended to freshmen. The administration of this rule is in the
hands of a Student-Faculty committee which authorizes cars for the use
of student organizations and in some cases for special needs such as jobs
dependent upon cars. Day students may use cars for commuting to
College, but special arrangements for stickers must be made for campus
parking. More detailed information may be had from the Office of the
Deans.
53

5. At evening concerts, dramatic performances, and public lectures
men will wear coats and ties and women dresses or skirts. At evening
meals in the dining room the same standards will apply except that it is
recommended that the men wear coats and ties but not required so long
as the dress is in other respects consistent with the spirit of these regulations.
6. It is a college policy to discourage premature marriages by ruling
that if two undergraduates marry, only one may remain in college. Some
exceptions have been provided in the case of upperclass students and
information about them may be obtained from the Office of the Deans.
College rules which affect the entire student community are discussed
and formulated for the approval of the Administration by the Student
Affairs Committee, which is composed of Deans and Faculty members
appointed by the President and students elected by the student body. This
Committee delegates to student government agencies as much authority in
the administration of rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire under­
graduate community and is the chief body of student government. Its
efforts are directed toward coordination of student activities and the
expression of student opinion.
Committees of the Council include the Budget Committee, which reg­
ulates distribution of funds to student groups; the Elections Committee,
which supervises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Com­
mittee, see below. The Curriculum Committee cooperates with a similar
committee of the faculty in the discussion of matters relating to the
academic program of the college. In addition to these, there are several
joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose student membership is appointed
by the Council: Collection, Cooper Foundation, Men’s Athletics, Ad­
missions Policy, and Student-Faculty Relations.
judicial Bodies
Where infractions of college rules have occurred, decisions about respon­
sibility and about penalties are made by elected committees. Four such
committees have different jurisdictions. The W-omen’s Judiciary Com­
mittee is a branch of WSGA and is elected by the women of the student
body. It sits in all cases of violations of WSGA rules or of violations by
women of general campus regulations except as they fall in the sphere of the
Student Judiciary Committee (see below). The Men’s Judiciary Committee
is elected by the male students and sits in all cases of violations of college
rules by male students except in the kinds of cases indicated below as
coming under the jurisdiction of the Student Judiciary Committee. The
Student Judiciary Committee, elected by the entire student body, acts on
cases involving the car rule, dress rule, on cases involving both men and
women, and on others that may require joint action. The College Judiciary
Committee is composed of student and faculty members and the Deans.
54

It deals with cases referred or appealed from the other Committees or
with any violations that involve penalties of suspension or expulsion.
Women’s Student Government
All women students are members of the Women’s Student Government
Association, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great
variety of women’s interests. This board includes the officers of the
Association, the hall presidents and the chairman of the Women’s Judiciary
Committee, which maintains social regulations.
Social Committee
An extensive program of social activities is managed by the Social
Committee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to
appeal to a wide variety of interests, and is open to all students. At no
time is there any charge for college social functions.
Extra-Curricular Activities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have
an opportunity to participate in a program of extra-curricular activities
wide enough to meet every kind of interest. There are more than thirtyfive organized activities, not including departmental clubs or political
organizations. They vary as greatly as the interests of the students vary,
from the Flying Club to the Chess Club, from the Creative Writing Group
to the Co-ed Dance Group. No credit is given for work in such varied
fields as sculpture, acting, publishing the college newspaper or playing
in the orchestra. The College, however, encourages a student to participate
in whatever, activity best fits his personal talents and inclinations, believing
that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part of life.
The Director o f Studio Arts, Mrs. Harriet Baguskas, arranges for
classes in applied arts and for exhibits in the Arts Center, and acts as an
adviser to other organizations. The Director of Dramatics guides the
activities of the Little Theater Club, which include at least two major
performances, a one-act play contest, and student directed programs of an
experimental nature. Many other student groups for the discussion of
public affairs, the integration of the sciences, and the editing of college
publications conduct their own programs with occasional advice from the
faculty.
Extra-curricular musical activities at Swarthmore are numerous and
well-supported. The college chorus is led by Professor Swing, and the
college orchestra by Professor Spies. There are chamber music groups,
madrigal groups, and public performances of the musical works of
students in composition. There are facilities for private practice, and an
excellent college record collection. The Cooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group of concerts each year on the campus, and student
tickets are available for concerts of the Philadelphia Orchestra in the
Academy of Music.
55

Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any inter­
collegiate program must be justified by the contribution which it can
make to the educational development of the individual student who chooses
to participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s
athletic program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance
to take part in a wide range of sports. The College feels that it is
desirable to have as many students as possible competing on its inter­
collegiate teams.
Fraternities
There are five fraternities at Swarthmore; Delta Upsilon and Phi
Sigma Kappa are affiliated with national organizations while Kappa Sigma
Pi, Tau Alpha Omicron and Phi Omicron Psi are local associations. Fra­
ternities are adjuncts to the college social program and maintain separate
lodges on the campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­
tions or eating facilities. New members are pledged during the late fall
of their first year at the college. In recent years about 40% of the fresh­
man men have decided to affiliate with one of the five fraternities.
Student Activities Bulletin
A booklet describing more fully all these activities and many others
can be had upon request from the Office of Admissions.

56

Pierre S. du Pont Science Building

T H E E D U C A T I O N A L P R O G R A M OF

SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE

GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts and the de­
gree of Bachelor of Science. The latter is given only in the Division of
Engineering; the former, in the Divisions of the Humanities, the Social
Sciences, and the Natural Sciences.* Eight semesters of resident study,
which are normally completed in four years, lead to a Bachelor’s degree.
The selection of a program will depend upon the student’s interests and
vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and chem­
istry, for example, are the usual preparation for professional work in these
fields. Students planning a career in law, business, or government service
find majors in the humanities or social sciences of great value.
The purpose of a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide
vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for
one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsi­
bilities as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A
liberal education is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world
of thought, and the development of aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary for most students to concern themselves with the problem
of making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a special­
ization that is too early and too narrow. They still have need of broad­
ening the scope of their experience. Particular skills may afford readier
access to routine employment, but positions of greater responsibility will
be occupied by those who are equipped to think their way through new
problems and to conceive of their functions in a larger context of time
and place. Liberal education and vocational training may be the joint
products of a common process, and the courses here offered should be
selected with this large purpose in view.
All students during the first half of their college program are expected
to complete the general college requirements, to choose their major and
minor subjects, and to1prepare for advanced work in these subjects by
taking certain prerequisites. The normal program consists of five courses
each semester during the freshman and sophomore years, chosen by the
student in consultation with his course adviser. A student is permitted
to take four instead of five courses, however, during two of the four
semesters, or to withdraw from one course before the middle of the se­
mester (if he is taking five) with the approval of his course adviser. He
will therefore complete from eighteen to twenty half courses (semester
courses) during his first two years.
The program for upper class students affords a choice between two
methods of study: Honors Work, leading to a degree with Honors, and
General Courses. An Honors student concentrates on three related sub­
jects which he normally studies by the seminar method. At the end of
his senior year he must take a battery of eight examinations on the work
of his seminars, set by outside examiners. (The system will be explained
more fully below.)
* For groupings of departments, see page 21.

58

A student in general courses has a somewhat wider freedom of election
and takes four full courses or their equivalent in each of the last two
years. At the end of his senior year he is required to pass a comprehen­
sive examination given by his major department.
The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with
certain variations which are explained on page 96. Courses outside the
technical fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements for graduation, all students must
meet certain standards of participation in Physical Education as set forth
in the statement of those departments (see pp. 144-146) and must attend
the Collection exercises of the college (see p. 51).
The course advisers of freshmen and sophomores are members of the
faculty appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisers are
the chairmen of their major departments or their representatives.

Program for Freshmen and Sophomores
The curriculum of the first two years introduces a student to the methods
and content of a variety of fields important to a liberal education. To
this end the student chooses a part of his program in each of four groups
of courses and in addition meets a specified standard in a foreign language.
I.
From the four groups listed below, and from Mathematics, the
student chooses work in at least six departments. At least two half-courses
(or one full course) must be taken from each group.
1. Astronomy 1-2; Biology 1-2; Chemistry 1,2; Engineering 7-8; Physics
I, 2; Physics 7-8 (Concepts and Theories in Physical Science). See
note below.
2. English Literature 1 which may be followed by another course in English
Literature; English Literature 3-4; all literature courses numbered 11,
12 in classical or modem foreign languages; Fine Arts 1,2; Music 1,15,
16.
3. History 1-2; History 5,6; Philosophy 1 which may be followed by
another course in Philosophy or Religion; Psychology 1,2.
4. Economics 1-2; Political Science 1-2; Sociology-Anthropology 1-2.
II. Languages. All students except those majoring in Engineering
must include in their programs sufficient work in a modern or classical
language to complete course 4 or its equivalent. The language require­
ment may be met in whole or in part by secondary school preparation as
measured by the appropriate achievement test of the College Entrance
Examination Board, or by a placement examination given at the college
by the appropriate department. The desired standard is normally met on
Note: Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2)
must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester s
work only. Those whose numbers are separated by a comma (e.g., 1,2) may be
divided; credit is given separately for each half of the course.

59

the basis of four years work in high school, or of three or two years work
in high school followed by one or two semesters in college.
At the discretion of the department concerned, a student may be per­
mitted to substitute an advanced course for the introductory course in
meeting one of the distribution requirements. Students entering college
with special preparation in any of the subjects included in the distribution
requirements may apply to the Committee on Academic Requirements for
exemption from that requirement.
A student who majors in the Natural Sciences, Mathematics, or Engi­
neering will take an appropriate mathematics course in the freshman year.
No student may take more than four half-courses (or two year-courses)
in any one department during the first two years. Applications for ex­
ceptions in unusual cases may be made to the Committee on Academic
Requirements.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be
completed for the work of the last two years in major and minor sub­
jects, and sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up a full
program.
It is expected that, after satisfying the requirements in the general pro­
gram of the first two years, the student will devote the remainder of his
sophomore year to preparing himself for more advanced study of those
subjects which have most interested him and to other courses which will
increase the range of his knowledge. He should decide, as early in his
sophomore year as possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might
like to major and should consult the statements of the departments con­
cerned as to required and recommended courses and supporting subjects.
Physical education is required of all students (except veterans) in the
first two years. The requirements are stated in full on p. 68 and in the
statements of the departments of Physical Education.

Program for Juniors and Seniors
W ork

in

Course

The work of juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive,
specialized study within a general area of interest. This comprises enough
work in a single department (designated as a "major” ) to make an equiva­
lent of four full courses. Work taken during the first two years may be
counted toward fulfillment of the major requirements but not more than
six full courses or twelve half courses may be taken in the major field.
Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examination
in his major subject.
A student must choose his major subject at the end of the sophomore
year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the
division concerned. The decision will be based on an estimate of his
ability in his major subject as well as on his record. If a student does not
secure divisional approval, he cannot be admitted to the junior class.
60

A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the
chairman of his major department (or a member of the department desig­
nated by the chairman) whose approval he must secure for his choice
of courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and
seniors usually have room for at least one elective a year.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students
who have done distinguished work in the course program.
R eading

for

H onors

The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte,
is a distinctive part of Swarthmore’s educational life. It seeks to free
from the limitations of classroom routine those students whose maturity,
interest, and capacity suit them for independent work. While the pro­
gram is designedly flexible and responsive to new needs, it has been
characterized from the beginning by three basic elements, which taken
together may be said to be the essence of the system.
(1) Honors work involves a concentration of the student’s attention
during his last two years upon a limited and integrated field of studies.
He pursues only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the
fragmentation of interest that may result from a program of four or more
courses with their daily assignments and frequent examinations. The
content of the subject matter field is correspondingly broader, permitting
a wide range of reading and investigation and demanding of the student
correlations of an independent and searching nature.
(2) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since
his thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors.
By this program he undertakes to subject himself at the end of two years
of Honors work to examinations in all of the eight fields studied. In
these he is expected to demonstrate his competence in a field of knowledge
rather than simply his mastery of those facts and interpretations which his
instructor has seen fit to present. These examinations, consisting of a
three-hour paper in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions
who read the papers and then come to the campus to conduct an oral
examination of each student, in order to clarify and enlarge the basis of
their judgment of his command of his material.
(3) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars of seven students
or less or in independent projects leading to a thesis. Seminars meet
once a week, in many cases in the home of the instructor, for sessions
lasting three hours or more. The exact technique of the seminar varies
with the subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth,
whether it be by papers; discussion, or laboratory experiment. Each
student has an equal responsibility for the assimilation of the whole of
the material and is correspondingly searching in his scrutiny of ideas
presented by his fellows or by his instructor. The student is expected to
61

devote half of his working time during a semester to each of his fields of
study.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open:
(1) The standard program consists of eight subjects studied during the
last four semesters leading to examinations by the visiting examiners. In
the Division of the Natural Sciences where there is a heavy burden of
prerequisite courses, the student may offer as few as six fields for exami­
nation, subject to the approval of the division. The Divisions of the Hu­
manities and of the Social Sciences allow seven examinations instead of
eight only in cases of clear hardship (as in the case of some transfer
students); they do not allow such remission in order to permit the student
to pursue work of elementary or intermediate level in Course or to accom­
modate some unrelated subject in his program.
(2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semes­
ters abroad or in another American institution must take the n o r m a l
number of examinations prescribed by their divisions. Such programs
must be worked out in advance, since it may not be possible to provide
visiting examiners for work offered elsewhere and since instruction in
some fields of the student’s choice may not be available in the other
institution. In general the student following this avenue to an Honors
degree must weigh carefully the advantage of working independently or
under tutorial guidance against the loss he incurs by missing both the
stimulus and the criticism provided by his fellows in seminar.
(3 ) Students who at the end of the sophomore year did not elect or
were not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently
shown distinction may be encouraged to take the regular Honors exami­
nations so that they may receive the degree of Honors recommended by
the visiting examiners. They shall receive no remission of the number
of examinations by reason of their preparation in Course but shall be sub­
ject to the regulations governing Honors programs of the division con­
cerned. Such students must before the end of the seventh semester
petition the division for permission to take the Honors examinations
and must submit an acceptable list of examinations which they are pre­
pared to take.
The normal pattern in Honors programs is four seminars (or examina­
tions) in the major department and two in each of two minor departments.
No student is allowed more than four seminars in his major; in those
cases where he offers three seminars in each of two fields, one must
be designated as his major. While there is a general belief that two
seminars in a minor field are desirable because of the mutual reinforce­
ment they provide, there are by custom certain seminars which are allowed
to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable flexibility in Honors pro­
grams, each being subject to the scrutiny of the departments and divisions
in which the work is done.
A candidate for admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of
his prospective major and minor departments during the second semester
62

of his sophomore year and work out a program for the junior and senior
years. This proposed program must be filed in the office of the Registrar
who will forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance of the
candidate by the divisions depends in part upon the quality of his previous
work as indicated by the grades he has received but mainly upon his
apparent capacity for assuming the responsibility of Honors work. The
names of the accepted candidates are announced later in the spring. The
major department is responsible for the original plan of work and for
keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester to semester.
The division is responsible for approval of the original program and of
any later changes in that program.
At the end of the junior year Honors students are required to take the
Honors examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied.
These trial papers, however, are read by their instructors, not by the visit­
ing examiners. On the basis of the showing made in these examinations,
the student may be advised or even required to return to Course, or he
may be warned that he continues in Honors at his own risk. Those stu­
dents who return to Course under these circumstances or for other reasons
will receive grades for the work they have done while reading for Honors,
but in no case without taking examinations over the field covered.
At the end of the senior year the reading of the examinations and the
decision of the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands of the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, suc­
cessful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with
High Honors, or with Highest Honors. When the work of a candidate
does not in the opinion of the examiners merit Honors of any grade, his
papers are returned to his instructors, who decide, under rules of the
Faculty, whether he shall be given a degree in Course.
P r e -M edical P rogram

Students who are considering the possibility of attending medical (or
dental) school after graduation from Swarthmore should plan their aca­
demic programs carefully to meet the pre-medical requirements, listed
below, as well as the general College requirements. Specific requirements
of the various medical schools, as well as basic information on other
aspects of pre-medical and medical training, can be found in "Admission
Requirements of American Medical Colleges” published by the Association
of American Medical Colleges. Recent editions of this book are available
in the various libraries on the campus. All students planning a medical
career should be familiar with this book.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors will be in contact with the Faculty
Committee on the Pre-Medical Program for special advising. It is the
function of this committee to prepare a statement of evaluation and its
recommendation to each medical school to which the student may apply,
basing this statement on all information available to it, including the
student’s record and faculty evaluations.
63

In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program
based on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements,
and the particular needs and interests of the student. Beyond these con­
siderations the need for understanding basic social problems, the cultiva­
tion of sensitiveness to cultural values, and the value of intensive work
in at least one field is kept in mind in mapping an individual program.
The following courses are among the minimum requirements of most
medical schools: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Chemistry 28-29, Mathe­
matics 3-4 or 5-6, Physics 1-2, English (two semester courses; literature
courses in foreign languages do not meet medical school requirements).
The foreign language requirements of medical schools are automatically
met when the student has satisfied the college language requirement, which
includes language course 4 or its equivalent. In addition, some medical
schools require quantitative analysis (Chemistry 26) or comparative
anatomy (Zoology 11). Advanced work in biology, chemistry and
mathematics is recommended where the student’s program and interests
permit. The student is urged to familiarize himself with the specific re­
quirements of those medical schools in which he is interested in planning
his program.
The work of the junior and senior year may be done either in the honors
program or in course. Intensive work of the major may be carried out
in any department of the student’s choice, or major requirements may be
met by completing three full courses in each of two related departments
in the Division of the Natural Sciences. In the latter case the compre­
hensive examination will be jointly arranged by the departments con­
cerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon
the completion of three years of college work, most medical schools
strongly advise completion of four years of college, and in practice admit
very few with less.
W r itin g

and

Sp e a k in g

Students deficient in the mechanics of composition will be required to
take tutorial work before entering the junior year. Expert assistance is
also available to increase efficiency in reading.
A special course in English for foreign students is provided when
necessary.
C o o pe r a t io n

w it h

N eig h bo rin g I n st it u t io n s

With the approval of their course adviser and the Dean, students may
take courses offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford Colleges or the University
of Pennsylvania without the payment of extra tuition. This arrangement
does not apply to the summer session of the University of Pennsylvania.
E d u c a tio n A broad

The College recognizes the general educational value of travel and
study abroad and cooperates as far as possible in enabling interested stu­
64

dents to take advantage of such opportunities. It distinguishes, however,
between those foreign study plans which may be taken for credit as part
of a Swarthmore educational program, and those which must be regarded
as supplementary. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study must meet
Swarthmore academic standards, and must form a coherent part of the
student’s four-year plan of study. The Honors Program in particular
demands a concentration of study which is not easily adapted to the very
different educational systems of foreign universities. Therefore, while
some of the approved programs listed below may normally be taken as
substitutes for a semester or a year of work at Swarthmore, each case is
judged individually, and the college may withhold its approval of a par­
ticular program, or may insist that the program be carried out as an extra
college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Dean and
by the Chairmen of departments concerned, if credit is to be given for
courses taken, and students may be asked to take examinations upon their
return to the College.
Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under
formal academic conditions may apply to one of the programs administered
by other American colleges and universities; for example, those of Hamil­
ton College, Smith College, or Sweet Briar College. These are full-year
programs of study at foreign universities, under the supervision of Amer­
ican college personnel. Interested students should consult the Dean for
details.
2. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign
institutions for admission as a special student. This should be done only
after consultation with the Dean and the appropriate department head,
and care must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will
be acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities severely
limit the number of students they accept for short periods, however, and
anyone who applies for admission directly must be prepared to be refused.
3. University of Keele. For a number of years Swarthmore College and
the University of Keele, Staffordshire, England, have had a student ex­
change each year. A student from Swarthmore is selected for study at
Keele by a committee which interviews the applicants. The year at Keele
may take the place of the junior year at Swarthmore, though it is often
taken as an extra year.
4. Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the gifts of Amos Peaslee
(Class of ’07) were instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded each
year, preferably to sophomores and juniors, for language study abroad.
The scholarships are for a minimum of one semester plus a summer; course
credit is given for the work done upon approval of the department con­
cerned.
5. International Association for the Exchange of Students for Technical
Experience. This program, administered by the Engineers’ Joint Council,
65

provides opportunities for engineering and science students to work for
engineering firms and laboratories in Europe during summer vacations.
Students are paid living expenses by the employing firm in the currency
of the country in which they work; they pay their own travel costs. Appli­
cations must be made by January 1 for work the following summer, and
students are notified of the Association’s decision by March 31. For
further information, students should consult the chairman of the Depart­
ment of Engineering.
6.
University of Warwick, England. A fall semester exchange program
for members of the Swarthmore junior class majoring in History and
second year students in the School of History at Warwick was inaugurated
in 1966.

FACULTY REGULATIONS
Attendance

at

C lasses

and

C o l l e c t io n

Members of the faculty will hold students responsible for regular at­
tendance at classes and will report to the Deans the name of any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work.
The number of cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which
places a heavy responsibility on all. students to make sure that their work
is not suffering as a result of absences. Since freshmen must exercise
particular care in this respect and since the faculty recognizes its greater
responsibility toward freshmen in the matter of class attendance, it is
expected that freshmen, especially, will attend dll their classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes the student should report
at once to the nurses or to the college physician.
The last meeting before vacation and the first meeting after vacation
in each course must be attended. The minimum penalty for violation of
this rule is probation.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by
the faculty. All students. are allowed two absences from Collection
each term.
G rades

Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon
the work of students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take
the form of comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end of each se­
mester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system,
by which A means excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work,
D passing but below the average required for graduation, and E failure.
W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw from the
course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X designates a
condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in the
the first half of a year course, but by creditable work during the second
66

half may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby remove
his condition. R is used to designate an auditor or in cases when the
work of a foreign student cannot be evaluated because of deficiencies in
English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific
assignments or examinations. The Faculty has voted that the grade given
in a course should incorporate a zero for any part of the course not com­
plete by the date of the final examination. The grade Incomplete should
be given only after consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in
which it can be shown that illness, military service, or the like made it
impossible for the student to complete his work before the deadline, or
in cases in which the instructor wishes to insist on the completion of
the work before giving a grade with penalties. If an Inc. is received, it
must normally be made up in the term immediately following that in
which it was incurred. A date is set at the end of the first six weeks of
each term when make-up examinations must be taken and late papers
submitted. Under special circumstances involving the use of laboratories
or attendance at courses not immediately available, a student must secure
permission to extend the time for making up an incomplete until the
second term following. This permission must be given in writing and
filed in the Office of the Registrar. Any not made up within a year from
the time it was imposed shall be recorded as E, a failure which cannot
be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end of each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for gradua­
tion in honors work, the recommendation of the visiting examiners.
R egistration

All students are required to register at the time specified in official
announcements and to file programs of courses or seminars approved
by their course advisers. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete regis­
tration.
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number of courses
in each semester. If more or fewer courses seem desirable, he should
consult his course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on
Academic Requirements. A student who wishes to take fewer than the
normal number of courses should register for the regular program and
file a petition to drop one or more courses.
Applications involving the late entrance into a course must be received
within the first two weeks of the semester. Applications involving with­
drawal from a course must be received not later than the middle of the
semester.
E x a m in a tio n s

Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement of
which was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour
only by special arrangement with the instructor in charge of the course.
67

No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be in­
terpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the col­
lege and under direct departmental supervision.
Su m m e r Sc h o o l W o r k

Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required
to, obtain the endorsement of the chairman of the department concerned
before entering upon the work, and after completing the work are re­
quired to pass an examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P hysical E du ca tio n

Physical education is required of all women and non-veteran men in
the freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the
college physician. A minimum of three periods per week shall be required.
If any semester’s work of the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated
in the junior year. No student shall be permitted to enter his senior year
with a deficiency in physical education.
E x c lu sio n

fro m

C olleg e

The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose
conduct or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without
assigning any further reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be
refunded or remitted, in whole or in part, and neither the college nor
any of its officers shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

Requirements for Graduation
B ach elo r

of

A rts

and

B a c h elo r

of

Scien c e

The degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science are conferred
upon students who have met the following requirements for graduation:
1. The candidate must have completed eighteen to twenty half courses in
the first two years and sixteen half courses or eight seminars in the last
two years.
2. He must have an average grade of C on thè courses counted for
graduation.
3. He must have complied with the course requirements for the first
two years.
4. He must have met the requirements in the major and supporting
fields during the last two years.
5. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations
in his major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with honors.
68

6. He must have completed four terms of study at Swarthmore College,
two of which have been those of the senior year.
7. He must have completed the physical education requirements set
forth on page 68 and in statements of the Physical Education Departments.
8. He must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment
and library books.

Advanced Degrees
M aster

of

A rts

and

M aster

of

Sc ien c e

The degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be conferred
subject to the following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree
with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution of
satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s
degree at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim
of the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments concerned, to the Committee on
the Master’s Degree. If accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name
shall be reported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting of the
year in which the candidate is to begin his work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent
of a full year’s work of graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members of
the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or
in two related departments. The catalogue statements of departments
which offer graduate work indicate the courses or seminars which may
be taken for this purpose.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an exami­
nation conducted by the department or departments in which his work
was done. He shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that,
where this procedure is not practicable, exceptions may be made by the
Committee on the Master’s Degree. The department or departments con­
cerned, on the basis of the reports of the outside examiners, together with
the reports of the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommenda­
tions to the faculty for the award of the degree.
At the option of the department or departments concerned, a thesis
may be required as part of the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before
admission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by
his department or departments most essential for his field of research.
Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the announcements
of departments which admit candidates for the degree.
69

The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the
Master’s degree is $1,600 per year, and the general fee for these students
is $25 per semester.
A dvanced E n g in e e r in g D egrees

The advanced degrees of Mechanical Engineer (M .E.), Electrical
Engineer (E.E.), and Civil Engineer (C.E.), may be obtained by graduates
who have received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling
the requirements given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five
years since receiving his first degree.
2. He must have had charge of engineering work and must be in a
position of responsibility and trust at the time of application.
3. He must make application and submit an outline of the thesis he
expects to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be
conferred.
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval one calendar month before
the time of granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee of $5 and an additional
fee of $20 when the degree is conferred.

AWARDS AND PRIZES
The I vy A ward F u n d was created by a gift from Owen Moon, ’94.
The income of the fund is placed in the hands of the faculty for award
on Commencement Day to a male member of the graduating class. The
qualifications for the Ivy Award are similar to those for the Rhodes
Scholarships and include (a) qualities of manhood, force of character,
and leadership ; (b) literary and scholastic ability and attainments. These
have been phrased By the donor in the words "leadership based upon
character and scholarship.’’
The O ak L ea f A ward was established by David Dwight Rowlands of
the Class of 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory of him
by Hazel C. Rowlands, ’07, and Caroline A. Lukens, ’98. The award
is made by the faculty each year to the woman member of the Senior
Class who is outstanding for loyalty, scholarship and service.
The M c C abe E n g in e e r in g A w ard , founded by Thomas B. McCabe,
1915, is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student
in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee of the faculty
of the division of Engineering.
The P h i B eta K a ppa P rize is awarded by the Swarthmore Chapter to
thè member of the junior class who had the best academic record for
the first two years. The value of the prize is $40.
70

The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand Blanshard, professor
of philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established by
David H. Scull, of the Class of 1936. The award of $50 is presented
annually to the student who, in the opinion of the department, submits
the best essay on any philosophical topic.
The A. E dward N e w t o n L ibrary P rize of $50, endowed by A.
Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established
by W. W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in
the opinion of the Committee of Award, shows the best and most in­
telligently chosen collection of books upon any subject. Particular emphasis
is laid in the award not merely upon the size of the collection but also
upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s
knowledge of their subject-matter.
T he K a t h e r in e B. Sicard P rize of $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma
Fraternity in memory of Katherine B. Sicard, ’34, is awarded annually
to the freshman woman who, in the opinion of the department, shows
greatest proficiency in English.
P ublic Spe a k in g C o n t e st s . Prizes for contests in public speaking are
provided as follows: The E lla F rances B u n t in g E x tem po ra ry Sp e a k ­
ing F u n d awards prizes for the best extemporaneous short speeches. The
Ow e n M o o n F u n d provides the Delta Upsilon Speaking Contest awards
for the best prepared speeches on topics of current interest. The W illiam
P lum er P o tter P ublic Sp e a k in g F u n d , established in 1927, sponsors
a contest in the reading of poetry as well as providing funds for other
contests described below and for the collection of recorded literature
described on page 48.

Three prizes for the best student-written one-act plays are provided by
the W illiam P lumer Potter Fund . The winning plays are usually
produced during the fall semester by the Little Theater Club.
Prizes for the best student short stories are also awarded from the
W illiam P l u m e r P o tter F u n d .

The Lois M o rrell P o etry A w ard , given by her parents in memory
of Lois Morrell of the Class of 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion of the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual com­
petition for the award. The award, consisting of $100, is made in the
spring of the year. All entries should be submitted by April 1.
The J o h n R ussell H ayes P oetry P rizes , of approximately $25 for
a first prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered for the best original
poem or for a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready
by April 1 of each year.
The M ay E. P arry M em orial A w ard , given by the Class of 1925 of
which she was a member, is presented each year to the senior woman who
by her loyalty, sportsmanship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
71

contribution to Swarthmore College. The recipient is chosen by the faculty
of the Department of Physical Education for Women.

FELLOWSHIPS
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommenda­
tion of the Committee on Fellowships, to seniors or graduates of the college
for the pursuit of advanced work. The proposed program of study must
have the approval of the faculty. Applications for fellowships must be
in the hands of the committee by April 15. Applicants for any one of
these fellowships will be considered for the others as well.
These three fellowships are:
The H a n n a h A. L eedo m F ello w sh ip of $900, founded by the bequest
of Hannah A. Leedom.
The J osh u a L ip p in c o t t F ello w sh ip of $1,100, founded by Howard
W. Lippincott, of the Class of 1875, in memory of his father.
The J o h n L ockw ood M em orial F ello w sh ip of $1,100, founded by
the bequest of Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory of her brother,
John Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that the fellowship be
awarded to a member of the Society of Friends.
Four other fellowships are open to graduates of Swarthmore College
under the conditions described below:
The L ucretia M o t t F e l l o w sh ip , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society and sustained by the contribution of its life members, has yielded
an annual income since its foundation of $525 or more. It is awarded
each year by a committee of the faculty to a woman graduate of that year
who is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved by this
committee.
The M artha E. T yson F el l o w sh ip , founded by the Somerville
Literary Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions of life members
of the society and yields an income of $500 or more. It is awarded bien­
nially by a committee of the faculty to a woman graduate of that year who
plans to enter elementary or secondary school work. The recipient of the
award is to pursue a course of study in an institution approved by the
Committee of Award.
Sigma X i R esearch F e l l o w sh ip . The Swarthmore Chapter of Sigma
Xi appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with
research grants with a maximum value of $1,000. The holders of this
fellowship are usually associates of the chapter who have shown con­
spicuous ability in graduate Studies. The purpose of the chapter in award­
ing these fellowships is to relieve worthy students from teaching and
other distracting duties so that they may concentrate as much as possible
upon their research. Applications for these fellowships should be made

72

I to the secretary of the chapter not later than the middle of March. AppointII ments will be announced about the middle of April.
The P h i B eta K a ppa F e l l o w sh ip of $250, founded by the Swarthmore Chapter of the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at
I the discretion of the the Committee on Fellowships on the basis of inI tellectual distinction to a member of the senior class who has been elected
I to Phi Beta Kappa and who proposes to pursue graduate study and
scholarly work.

73

A n Honors Seminar in Engineering

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Numbering o f Courses and Seminars
A system of uniform numbering is used in all departments. Courses are
numbered as follows :
1
11
51
101

to 9— introductory courses
to 49—other courses open to students of all classes
to 69—advanced courses limited to Juniors and Seniors
to 199—seminars for honors students and graduate students

Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2)
must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only.

ASTRONOMY
P r o fesso r : P e t e r

v a n de K a h p , Chairman and Director of
Sproul Observatory

V isitin g P r o fesso r : M a r t in P o m e r a n t z J
R esearch A ssociate

and

L e c t u r e r : Sarah L ee L ip p in c o t t

R esearch A ssista n t : N a hide G. G okkaya
Astronomy deals with the nature of the universe about us and the methods em­
ployed to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The elementary
courses present the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth of our knowl­
edge of the facts and development of theories. The advanced courses consider some
of these problems in detail. The seminars deal primarily with the techniques,
methods and problems of the Sproul Obseratory research program.
The principal instrument of the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual
refractor of thirty-six-foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography.
The instrument has been in continuous operation since 1912 and provides a valuable
and steadily expanding collection of photographs. Measuring and calculating
machines are available for the measurement and reduction of the photographs. The
principal program of the Observatory is an accurate study of the distances, motions
and masses of the nearer stellar systems.
The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night of each
month during the college year—October through May. W ith clear weather, visitors
have the opportunity of seeing many celestial objects of various types in the course
of a year. The visiting hours are from 7:00 to 8:30 p.m. in the fall and winter,
but are set later during the spring.
R e q u ir e m e n t s

for

M a jo r s

Prerequisites for an Astronomy major, in course, are Astronomy 1-2, advanced
courses and seminars (taken as double courses) in Astronomy, combined with work
in mathematics and physics.
Prerequisites for admission to. the honors program in Astronomy, either as a
major or a minor, are Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy 1-2, Physics 1-2, and a reading
knowledge of French, German or Russian.
C ourses
1-2. D escriptive A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
fu ll course
These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results of astronomy.
Fundamental notions of physics are studied as they are needed to provide an
adequate scientific basis for the course. These courses are prerequisite for all
further work in astronomy. Three class periods each week, practical work to
be arranged.
13. I ntroduction to M athematical A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.

Spherical astronomy; celestial navigation; the two body problem; energy
concepts.
14. P roblems of G alactic Structure . Miss Lippincott.

Stellar motions, magnitudes and spectra. Unstable stars. Stellar populations.
Star clusters and associations.

t

Spring semester, 1966-67.

76

H onors Seminars
101. A strometry. Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical trigonometry, celestial sphere. Stellar positions and their changes.
Precession, proper motion, parallax and aberration. Solar motion, galactic
rotation. Relation between sphere and plane. Long-focus photographic
astrometry, technique and methods. Analysis of stellar paths for proper mo­
tion and parallax; secular acceleration. Visual binaries; analysis for massratio; perturbations. Star fields; clusters and multiple stars. Theory of
errors, method of least squares.
103. Cosmic M atter , Radiation, and F ields. Mr. Pomerantz.
Phenomena in the upper atmosphere. Solar-terrestrial relationships. Cosmic
rays. Radiation belts. Radio astronomy. Meteors and meteorites. Studies
with rockets, artificial satellites and space probes.
110. R esearch Pro ject . Staff.

G raduate W ork
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Masters
degree (see page 69), this department offers the possibility for graduate work.
Candidates for the Master’s degree will normally take four honors seminars,
selected from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with
the faculty member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may
be substituted for one of the seminars.
Candidates for the Master's degree must have a good reading knowledge ot two
modern languages.

77

BIOLOGY
Professors: Robert K. Enders
Launce J. Flemister
Luzern G. Livingston
N orman A. M einkoth , Chairm an
N eal A. W eber
A ssociate Professor: K enneth S. Rawson
A ssistant Professor: Robert E. Savage
A ssistant: Edith T wombly
Through its elementary course, the Department of Biology introduces the student
to a comprehensive view of those principles, problems and phenomena common to
all organisms, with animals and plants interpreted on a comparative basis. The
advanced courses in the Biological Sciences (except Genetics) deal specifically with
plant biology (botany), or animal biology (zoology) and are listed under these
respective headings.
Following the broad review of the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the
course in general biology, advanced work is taken up in two different ways: first,
specific aspects of the broad Subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in
anatomy and physiology; second, broader aspects of a specific subject are treated as
in entomology, parasitology, embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy.
The structural and functional consideration is extended to include problems of inter­
dependence of organisms in the structure and function of plant and animal societies
and the influence of physical, chemical and biological factors in the survival of
those societies.

R equirements

for

M ajors

in

Course

A student may major in biology, botany, or zoology. Students in course should
include the following supporting subjects in their programs, in addition to the four
full courses in their major subject: chemistry, including one semester in organic
chemistry, one course in physics, one course in mathematics, and a modern language
(German or Russian preferred) through course 4. These courses are required for
majors in botany or zoology, and should be completed by the end of the junior year.
The program for biology majors may be modified, but any program must be approved
in advance by the department.

Biology
1-2. G eneral Biology. Staff.

*

Full course

An introduction to the study of living things. A consideration of the proper­
ties of protoplasm and the structure of the cell; a brief survey of living forms,
both plant and animal. The methods by which animals and plants maintain
themselves, grow and reproduce, and a discussion of the mechanism of heredity.
Some time will be devoted to the interrelationships of plants and animals in
communities, and the place of man in the whole structure.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
20. G enetics .

Fall semester

A study of the fundamental principles of inheritance as they apply to living
organisms generally. The course includes a detailed consideration of the prin­
ciples of Mendelian inheritance, an analysis of the underlying chromosomal

78

mechanisms, the gene theory, and the relationship of the principles of genetics
to evolution, to plant and animal improvement, and to man.
Three lectures per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library
projects in lieu of formally organized laboratory work.

Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.

Botany
Spring semester
An introduction to the classification of the major groups of flowering plants
and gymnosperms, stressing those of biological, cultural, or economic interest.
The emphasis is upon a world wide flora and upon cultivated as well as wild
plants. Modem concepts of phylogeny, biosystematics, and biogeography are
included. Suggested as an early course for biology majors and as a cultural
course for non-majors.
Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week.

15. T axonomy of Seed P lants .

16. D evelopmental P lant A natomy . Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, fall semester
The fundamentals of anatomy of seed plants approached from a developmental
standpoint. The structure and behavior of meristems, problems and processes
of differentiation, and a detailed analysis of cellular, tissue and organ structure
in higher plants.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
Alternate years, fall semester
An introduction to the algae, fungi, mosses, and ferns, including aspects of
their classification, phylogeny, structure, physiology, and ecology. The labora­
tories are in part exploratory and experimental. Their content depends in part
upon the current interests of staff and students.
Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week.

18.' Biology of Lower P lants . Mr. Livingston.

Alternate years, spring semester
An integrated study of the physiological processes of higher plants, including
general cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action,
photosynthesis, metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology of growth
and development, and related topics.
Two lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.

67. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.

68. Biology of Bacteria. Mr. Livingston
Alternate years, spring semester
An approach to the study of bacteriology with principal emphasis on the con­
sideration of bacteria as organisms, rather than as causative agents of disease,
etc. The morphology, physiology and biochemistry, ecology, genetics, and
classification of bacteria.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
Alternate years, fall semester
A study of the structure, distribution, and dynamics of plant communities.
Background material iri physical geography is included. The impact of plant
communities upon man through agriculture and land use practices is mentioned
but not stressed. Laboratory work emphasizes the accumulation and analysis
of field data.
Three lectures and one field trip or laboratory period per week.

70. P lant Ecology.

79

71-72. Specia l T opics . Staff.
With the permission of the department, qualified students may elect to pursue
a research or reading program not included in the regular course program.
H o n o rs W ork
The seminars given each year vary according to the choices of the students and
the convenience of the department.
111. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on
a critical study of original sources, both classical and current. The seminar
discussion is accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
112. P roblems of P lant G rowth and D evelopment . Mr. Livingston.
A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant
anatomy and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a
full day of laboratory work each week.
113. G enetics . Staff.

An extension of the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on
current research in the field of inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar
discussion is accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
114. Experimental Evolution .

A study of the mechanism of evolution. Discussion traces the development
of the concept of evolution and the modifications imposed by paleontology,
morphology, cytology, genetics, and ecology. The problems involved in the
development of a stable classification are discussed as are the implications
of evolutionary thought for disciplines other than Biology. Field studies
of natural populations are supplemented by laboratory work with experimental
populations.
115. M icrobiology . Mr. Livingston.

Ah extension of the area covered in Course 68. Particular emphasis is placed
on physiological and biochemical aspects of the subject. Some work on
fungi and viruses is included.
118. P lant E cology. Mr. Livingston.

A study of the interrelationships between plants and their environment. Dis­
cussion periods are devoted to the development of basic principles. Field and
laboratory Work applies these concepts to specific organisms and habitats.
Laboratory work is used to isolate problems encountered in the field. Both
higher plants and microorganisms are used as experimental materials. Com­
parisons are made between aquatic and terrestrial habitats.
120. Special T opics. Staff.
With the permission of the department, qualified students may elect to pursue
a research problem or reading program not included in the regular offerings
in honors.

Zoology
11. Comparative V ertebrate A natomy .
P a ll sem ester
This course normally follows General Biology. It deals with the comparative
and unique aspects of the anatomy of the integument, skeleton, muscular,
digestive, respiratory, circulatory, excretory, reproductive and nervous systems
of the various vertebrate types. Classification, phylogeny and adaptive radiation
are considered with stress placed on anatomical adaptations to the various
habitats. The protochordates, lamprey, dogfish and cat are studied as repre­

80

sentative forms in the laboratory. The course has three lecture and one
laboratory meeting per week, plus extra time for dissection.
12. V ertebrate P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.

Spring semester
A general consideration of the functional process in animals with emphasis
placed on mammals and other vertebrates. The aspects of adaptation of the
animal to environmental stress are treated in such a way as to serve the in­
dividual student’s area of concentration. In preparation the introductory course
in Biology is desirable. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory
period per week.

51. H istology. Mr. Weber.

Fall semester
This course consists of a detailed study of the microscopic structure of verte­
brate tissues, together with the functions of such tissues. In the laboratory
the student examines both prepared and living material, and becomes familiar
with the principles of microtechniques. Three lectures and one laboratory
period per week.
Prerequisites: 1-2, 11.

52. Embryology. Mr. Enders or Mr. Weber.

Spring semester
A study of development of vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned
with an investigation of the events which precede development, an analysis
of the development processes, and a brief survey of the contributions of the
field of experimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the
embryology of the frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and one laboratory
period per week.

53. Entomology . Mr. Weber.

Spring semester
The study of insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Laboratory work will include the study
of living material and current research will be considered. Each student will
prepare a study collection from field trips.

54. Biology of Parasitism . Mr. Meinkoth.

Alternate years, spring semester
A consideration of parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to
the parasitic habit. Surveys are made of parasites in native animals. Classifica­
tion, life cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.

55. F ield Z oology. Mr. Weber.

Spring semester
Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics,
relationships to the environment, habits and distribution. Regional and world
faunas will be discussed. Much of the work will be done in the field.

56. I nvertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.

Alternate years, fall semester
A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology,
classification, phylogeny and special problems of the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips.

57. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.

Fall semester

A course of lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes
from the standpoint of adaptation of the animal to its environment. These
processes in representative animals are compared in order to follow their
elaboration from the more general to the more specialized.
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
58. P hysiological Ecology. Mr. Flemister.

Spring semester

A course of lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological
adaptations of representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements

81

and availability of optimum conditions of temperature, oxygen, food-stuffs and
the maintenance of ionic independence are appraised.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: 57 Comparative Physiology.
Alternate years, fall semester
A study of the structure and function of cells as units of biological organiza­
tion, and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the student
learns some of the techniques by which information about cells is arrived at,
and observes the characteristics of cells as units, and as parts of organized
tissues.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Biology 11 or 20, Chemistry 1-2.

59. Cytology.

60. Biology of A nimal Communities . Mr. Rawson.
Fall semester
The study of animals at the emergent level of populations. Problems of
animal behavior as related to the growth and maintenance of populations will
be considered with particular reference to communication and social interaction
within animal groups. Both field and laboratory study techniques will be used.
Two lectures per week and the equivalent of one laboratory meeting per week.
Prerequisite: Genetics or Comparative Anatomy.
61. Biology for Seniors. Mr. Enders.
Spring semester
A course, patterned on the seminar plan, designed to broaden and integrate
the student’s knowledge of biology. Each student must present three topics
and lead the discussion. A weekly summary of reading is required.
Full or half course
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account of fitness, have
arranged a program of special work in the department.

63, 64. Special T opics. Staff.

H o n o rs W o rk
Honors students majoring in Zoology must take four seminars in the department
and a minor of two seminars in another department within the division. Some free­
dom is offered in the selection of the two seminars, or four half courses, which
normally would fulfill a second minor.
Students anticipating an honors program in Zoology must complete in the first
two and a half years the following: Biology 1-2 and Zoology 11, Chemistry 1-2,
Mathematics 3-4, and Physics 1-2. In addition, to qualify for minor seminars in the
department's indicated, Chemistry requires Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics and
Physics require Mathematics 11-12, and Psychology requires Psychology 1, and another
half course.
Prerequisites for students in the Honors Program .with a minor in Zoology
consist of three half courses in Biology and Zoology (including 1-2). In addition,
104 requires a full course in Physics and a half course in Organic Chemistry.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare students for examinations for a degree
with Honors.
102. Cytology.

A study of the structure and function of the cell. Living material will be
examined and the modern microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
103. Embryology. Mr. Weber.

An analysis of reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes
individual projects by the students, a study of developmental anatomy of the
chick, pig and frog, and the observation of living material under normal
and experimental conditions.

82

104. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.

An intensive consideration of the physical and chemical phenomena underly­
ing the function of animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order
to consider the progression from more general to the most specialized adjust­
ments, acclimatizations and adaptations of animals to physical, chemical and
biological stresses in the environment. The terminal portion of the laboratory
program is devoted to the pursuit of original, independent work by the
student. Prerequisites for this seminar are courses in Comparative Anatomy
and Organic Chemistry.
Offered in the fall term.
106. Entomology . Mr. Weber.
Following a survey of insects in general, a detailed study of one aspect of
the field will be undertaken. This will involve use of a scientific library,
independent work on one topic, and discussions of current research.
107. Invertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.

A study of the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adapta­
tion of invertebrate phyla with a special emphasis on evolutionary trends,
ecological relations, and problems peculiar to each group.
108. Sensory P hysiology. Mr. Rawson.
The functional specializations of sense organs for the transfer of information
in biological systems are considered in relation to the adaptations of vertebrate
and invertebrate animals to their environments. Electrophysiological and
behavioral approaches are used in laboratory studies.
109. Biology of A nimal Communities . Mr. Rawson.
The subject of Course 60 in seminar format. The analysis of the interrelations
of species considered in an ecological context including a study of ahimal be­
havior relating to the growth and maintenance of animal populations.
110. Special T opics. Staff.

Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work
in the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior assistants in
the research of staff members.

83

CHEMISTRY
P r o fessors : E dward A. F e h n e l
W a lter B. K e ig h t o n , J r ., Chairman
A ssociate P r o fesso r : P e ter T . T h o m p s o n
A ssistant P r o fessors : J am es H . H a m m o n s
R obert E. L e y o n
I n s t r u c t o r : J am es R. H u t c h iso n
The aim of the Department of Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the
fundamental principles and basic techniques of the science rather than to deal with
specialized branches of the subject.
The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of
three classes of students:
1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, who turn
to chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2
offers training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the
laboratory method of investigation, and a presentation of some of the major
intellectual achievements of chemistry.
2. Students who seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of
astronomy, botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology.
These students should consult with their major department and with the Chem­
istry department concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs.
3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students should
take Chemistry 1, 2 and Mathematics in their freshman year; Chemistry 28-29,
Mathematics II, 12 and Physics T, 2 in their sophomore year; Chemistry 26, 27
and Chemistry 61, 62 in their junior year. Some students interested in Chem­
istry as a scientific study of general educational value, but with no intention of
pursuing chemistry as a profession, .will find these basic courses sufficient for
their needs. The minimum requirements of the American Chemical Society
for professional training in chemistry are satisfied by these courses together
with Chemistry 66 and an additional semester of advanced chemistry. Mathe­
matics 51, 52 and Physics 11, 12 are strongly recommended. Major students
are expected to have a reading knowledge of German before the beginning of
their senior year.*
1, 2. Introduction to Chemistry . Mr. Keighton and Staff.
A study of the central concepts and basic principles of chemistry, including
the interpretation of chemical properties and reactions in terms of atomic and
molecular structure, equilibrium constants, oxidation potential, free energy
and heats of reaction, chemical thermodynamics and reaction kinetics. In the
laboratory in the first semester a number of quantitative experiments are
worked, in the second semester the principles of chemical equilibria are ap­
plied to qualitative analysis.
Students who enter college with advanced training in chemistry are en­
couraged to take a placement examination during freshman orientation week.
If sufficiently well prepared they may omit all or part of the introductory course.
Prerequisite for all other courses in Chemistry.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
2B. P hysical A pproach

to

I ntroductory Chemistry . Mr. Thompson.

Spring semester
A course designed for students with exceptional high school training in
physical science and mathematics and demonstrated ability in chemistry.
Admission by invitation of the staff.

* This may be demonstrated by completing German 4 or 8 or by an examination given by
the Department of Chemistry.

84

26,27. Q uantitative Chemistry .

Mr. Leyon.

Reactions and equilibria in acid-base, complexation, oxidation-reduction, and
two-phase systems are studied, with emphasis on their applications in chemical
analysis. The principles and methods of laboratory measurements, volumetric
and gravimetric analysis, spectrophotometry, electroanalytical techniques, sep­
arations and chromatography, and organic analysis are introduced and de­
veloped. Laboratory work is designed to illustrate the lecture material, to
give the student practical experience with theories, techniques, and instruments
of modern analytical chemistry, and to encourage an independent approach to
experimental work. Course 26 satisfies most medical school requirements.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 2B; Chemistry 61, 62 taken concurrently is.highly
desirable.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
28-29. O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Hammons.
Full course
An introduction to the chemistry of the more important classes of organic
compounds, with emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reactions, and methods
of synthesis. Current theoretical concepts of structure and mechanism are
applied throughout the course to the interpretation of the properties and re­
actions of a wide variety of organic compounds. The laboratory work
illustrates some of the principles and reactions discussed in the classroom and
provides practical experience in the techniques involved in synthesizing,
isolating, purifying, and characterizing organic compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 2B.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
61,62. T heoretical Chemistry . Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Thompson.
The principles of physical chemistry are studied and a number of numerical
exercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids,
elementary thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics
of chemical reactions.
Prerequisites: Second year mathematics and general physics.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
63. Q uantum Chemistry . Mr. Thompson.
Fall semester
An extension of course 61, 62 in breadth and depth. Quantum mechanics is
introduced and applied to a variety of problems in valence theory and molecular
structure determination. Such topics as atomic structure, chemical bonding
theory, molecular spectroscopy, dielectric and magnetic phenomena, molecular
symmetry, and statistical mechanics are considered.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 62.
Three hours of discussion weekly.
65. Advanced I norganic Chemistry . Mr. Hutchison.
Spring semester
The periodic classification of elements is studied from the point of view of
correlation of structure and properties. Consideration is given to such topics
as atomic and molecular structure, coordination complexes, metal carbonyls,
intermetallic and interstitial compounds, modem concepts of acids and bases,
chemistry of the transition metals and rare earths, solvent systems, inorganic
reaction mechanisms, and other phases of inorganic chemistry.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 61.
Three lectures or conferences and one laboratory period weekly.
66. Q ualitative O rganic A nalysis. Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
Classroom and laboratory study of the characterization and systematic iden­
tification of organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation of
structure and properties of organic molecules and on the theoretical principles

85

underlying various chemical and physical methods of isolation and identifi­
cation. A reading knowledge of German is desirable.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
67. Advanced O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Hammons.
Spring semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital
concepts, reaction mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free
radicals, and other topics of current interest. A familiarity with physical
chemistry is desirable.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Three hours of discussion weekly.
69. Special T opics. Staff.
Fall and spring semester
An elective half-course, which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced
students to undertake original investigations or to make detailed literature
studies of selected topics in the fields of inorganic, organic, analytical, and
physical chemistry. The course is designed to give the student practical ex­
perience in the solution of a research problem, to develop facility in the use of
the chemical literature and in the interpretation and communication of experi­
mental results, and to stimulate interest in current developments in chemical
research. Students who propose to take this course should consult with the
appropriate instructor during the semester preceding that in which the work is
to be done.
One conference and approximately ten hours of laboratory and/or library work
weekly.
H o n o rs W o rk
Before admission to honors work the chemistry major will have completed Chemistry 1, 2 or 2B, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. The honors
program includes Chemistry 101, 105 in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and 108
in the senior year, with four other seminars usually in biology, mathematics, or
physics.
101. T heoretical Chemistry . Mr. Thompson.
Fall semester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermo­
dynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical re­
actions.
Prerequisites: Second year mathematics and general physics.
One seminar and seven hours of laboratory weekly.
105. Chemical A nalysis. Mr. Leyon.
Spring semester
The material covered is essentially the same as in courses 26 and 27: the
principles and practice of volumetric and gravimetric analysis, optical and
electrical methods of analysis, separation techniques, and the analysis of
organic compounds. The analytical chemistry of the common elements is
studied to illustrate the application of analytical methods.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 2B, and 101.
One seminar and eight hours of laboratory weekly.
106. Advanced O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
An intensive study of essentially the same subject matter as is covered in
courses 66 and 67. A reading knowledge of German and a familiarity with
physical chemistry are desirable.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 28-29 and senior standing.
One seminar and seven hours of laboratory weekly.

86

108. Valence

and

M olecular Structure . Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Thompson.

Spring semester

Topics such as the periodic table and atomic structure, types and properties
of bonds, the chemistry of transition metals, coordination compounds, acidbase and oxidation-reduction mechanisms, etc., are studied. Quantum theory
is developed and applied throughout to these topics and the use of dielectric
and magnetic phenomena, spectroscopy, and molecular symmetry in determining
structure is discussed. Laboratory: study of reaction kinetics and equilibria
in inorganic systems.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 62 or 101.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.

87

CLASSICS
P ro fesso rs : Su sa n P. C obbs
H e l e n F. N o r t h , Chairman
M a r t in O stwald
A ssistant P r o fe sso r : T h o m a s N . M it c h e l l
L e c t u r e r : G abriele S. H oenigsw ald
The Department of Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute
the study of Greek and Roman culture. Courses numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted
to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 31 on­
wards presuppose no knowledge of the Greek or Latin languages and are open
without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion,
archaeology, and other aspects of the ancient world and include the study of classical
literature in translation.
R e q u ir e m e n t s

and

R e c o m m en d a tio n s

fo r

M a jo r s

Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in course or in honors
work. Major students in course are normally required to complete during the first
two years either Intermediate Greek (course 11-12) or Introduction to Latin Litera­
ture (course 11-12). Both of these courses are prerequisite for honors seminars
for a major student and one of them for honors seminars for a minor student.
Students reading for Honors in Greek may offer Latin as one of their minors,
and Vice versa. Students majoring in Greek may substitute a Latin seminar for one
of their seminars in Greek, and vice versa. In addition, majors in both Honors and
course are strongly advised to take for at least one semester a course in prose com­
position (Greek 9, 10 or Latin 9, 10).

Greek
1-2. E lementary G reek . Miss North.
Full course
The essentials of Greek grammar are covered and selections from masterpieces
of Greek literature are read.
9, 10’. G reek P rose Composition . Staff.
Each semester
A non-credit course, meeting one hour a week. This course is recommended
in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide
the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise.
11, 12. I ntermediate G reek . Mr. Ostwald.

Plato’s"Apology, a play of Euripides, and selections from Homer are read.
13, 14. G reek P rose A uthors . Mr. Mitchell.

The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of
the class. These readings are supplemented by a survey of the history, of
Greek Literature. Credit is given for each semester.
15, 16. G reek P oets. Miss North, Mr. Ostwald.
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members
of the class. Credit is given for each semester. The course is offered only
when required.
20. Special T opics. Staff.

Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for
their comprehensive examinations.

88

Latin
1-2. Elementary Latin . Mr. Mitchell.
Full course
The course is designed for students who begin Latin in college or who are
not prepared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent
of two years’ work in secondary school.
4. Intermediate Latin . Mrs. Hoenigswald.

Fall semester
The study of Virgil’s Aeneid and a review of the principles of Latin Grammar.

9, 10. Latin P rose Composition . Staff.

Each semester
A non-credit course, meeting one hour a week. This course is recommended
in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the
student with grammatical and stylistic exercise.

11, 12. I ntroduction to Latin Literature. Miss Cobbs.
The course aims to give some conception of the scope and characteristic
qualities of Latin literature. The reading includes a comedy and the Cena
Trimalchionis from Petronius’ Satyricon in the first semester and the Odes of
Horace in the second. Credit is given for each semester. It is open to students
who have had four years of preparatory Latin or who have completed Inter­
mediate Latin.
13. Catullus and E legy. Mr. Mitchell.
A study of the poems of Catullus and the elegiac poets.

Fall semester

14. Literature of the Empire . Mrs. Hoenigswald.

Spring semester
Readings in the prose and poetry of the Silver Age of Latin literature.

20. Special T opics. Staff.

Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for
their comprehensive examinations.

Ancient History and Civilization
31. H istory of G reece . Mr. Ostwald.

Fall semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of the
Greek states to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a
brief survey of the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced.
Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable
reading is done in the primary sources in translation.

32. H istory of Rome . Mr. Mitchell.

Spring semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of Rome
to the time of Constantine. Special attention is given to the last century
of the Republic and the first century of the Empire. Considerable reading is
done in the primary sources in translation.

33. G reek Literature in T ranslation . Miss North.

Fall semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad, Hesiod's Theogony and
Works and Days, much of Greek tragedy and comedy, selections from the
historians, the lyric and .elegiac poets, and the pre-Socratic philosophers, and
several dialogues of Plato.

34. Latin Literature in T ranslation-—Classical and M ediaeval.

Miss North.
Spring semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age of the Roman
Republic to the twelfth century after Christ. They include, from the classical
period, such major authors as Cicero, Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, Ovid, and Seneca;

89

from the Latin Fathers, St. Jerome and St. Augustine; and from the Middle
Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief figures of the Carolingian Renais­
sance, and the writers of Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. The
course is normally given in alternate years.
36. Classical M ythology in Literature and Art . Miss North.

Spring semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that
have served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the
present. Plays, both ancient and modern, based on the more influential myths
are read, and a study is made of the manner in which the themes have been
handled in painting and sculpture of various periods. Special attention is
given to the use made of stories from mythology by recent writers. The
course is normally given in alternate years.

42. G reece in the F ifth Century B.C. Mr. Ostwald.
Spring semester
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis of primary sources, of Athens and the
Greek world from the reforms of Cleisthenes to the end of the Peloponnesian
War. Special emphasis is placed on the political, social, and economic
institutions of the Athenian democracy and on the problems of the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
44. Rome in th e A ge of A ugustus. Mr. Mitchell.
Spring semester
This course treats in detail the political, economic, social, and cultural develop­
ment of Rome and the Roman world from the death of Julius Caesar to the
accession of Tiberius. Special emphasis is placed on Octavian’s rise to power,
the nature of the principate, the relationship of the ruling city to her provinces,
Rome’s changing social structure, and the problems of political stability and
the transference of power. Some attention is paid to literary, artistic, and
religious movements. Readings are chiefly in primary sources in translation.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
H o n o rs Sem in ars
102. Roman H istorians. Mr. Mitchell.

This seminar combines a survey of Latin historical writing to the end of
the Silver Age with intensive study of selected books of Livy and Tacitus,
both as examples of Roman historiography and as sources for Roman history.
The seminar is given in the spring semester.
103. Latin Epic . Mr. Mitchell.

This seminar traces the development of Roman epic poetry, with particular
emphasis on the De Rerum Natura of Lucretius and the Aeneid of Virgil.
Some attention is also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the
Annales of Ennius, and to the later epic, typified by Lucan’s Pharsalia. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
104. Latin Comedy and Satire. Mr. Mitchell.

Representative comedies of Plautus and Terence are read, and a study of the
Satires and Epistles of Horace and the Satires of Juvenal is supplemented
by a general survey of the development of Roman satire. The seminar is
given in the fall semester.
107. A ncient Rhetoric and Literary Criticism . Miss North.

This seminar combines the study of Greek and Roman rhetorical theory and
literary criticism with the reading of representative speeches of Cicero. It
also considers the influence of rhetorical education on Latin literature, par­
ticularly that of the Empire. The seminar is given in the fall semester.

90

108. M ediaeval Latin . Mr. Mitchell.

The works studied in this seminar are chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history
and chronicles, saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances). Some attention
is paid to their origins in late antiquity and their influence on the early
Renaissance.
111. G reek P hilosophers . Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of Plato, which is supple­
mented by study of the pre-Socratic philosophers and of Aristotle and the
Hellenistic schools. The orientation of the seminar is primarily philosophical,
although the literary merits of the Greek philosophers receive consideration.
The seminar is given in the fall semester.
112. G reek E pic . Miss North.
The study of Homer’s Odyssey constitutes the chief work of this seminar.
Some attention is also paid to Hesiod’s Theogony and to the Argonautica of
Apollonius of Rhodes. The seminar is given in the spring semester.
113. G reek H istorians. Mr. Ostwald.
The greater part of the work of this seminar is devoted to Herodotus and
Thucydides, but portions of Xenophon’s Hellenica and of Polybius are also
studied, both as examples of Greek historiography and as sources of Greek
history. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
114. G reek D rama . Miss North.
The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a
careful reading in the original language of one play by each of the major
dramatists. The seminar is given in the spring semester.

91

ECONOMICS
Professors: Edward K. Cratsley
Frank C. PiERsoNf
Clair W ilcox, Chairman
D istinguished V isiting Professor: Lawrence H. Seltzer **
A ssistant Professor: Frederic L. Pryor
Instructors: Lewis R. G aty
Charles J. Siegman
Lecturer : H elen M. H unter
Visiting Lecturers: Richard B. D uBoff
A rthur M. Freedman ***
The courses in economics are designed: first,- to acquaint the student with the
institutions and processes through which the business of producing, exchanging,
and distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train
him in the methods by which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and
third, to enable him to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues
of public policy.
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3
and 4. Students intending to major in economics are advised to take Political
Science 1-2 and courses in accounting, statistics or mathematics. Majors in course
are required to take courses 50 and 51 in the junior year. Majors in honors are
advised to take seminars 103 and either 101 or 102.
1-2. I n tro d u ctio n

to

Messrs. Pierson, Wilcox, Pryor, Gaty,

E co no m ics .

Siegman, DuBoff, and Mrs. Hunter.
This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive
survey and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on
which to build. It describes the organization of the economic system and
analyzes the allocation of resources, the distribution of income, the mainte­
nance of economic stability, and international economic relations.
3. A c c o u n tin g . Mr. Cratsley.
Spring semester
The purpose of this course is to equip the student with the rudiments of
accounting that he will need to employ in his advanced work in business
finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation..
4. Statistics . Mrs. Hunter.
Pali semester
The purpose of this course is to make the student a critical user of statistics.
Topics covered include frequency distributions, sampling, index numbers,
and economic time series.
11. E co n o m ic D e v el o pm en t . Mr. Wilcox.

Fall semester
Requisites for the economic development of underdeveloped countries. Ob­
stacles to development. Strategy and tactics of development. Aid for develop­
ment.

t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.
** Fall semester, 1966-67.
*** Spring semester, 1966-67.

92

50. Economic T heory . Mr. Gaty.

semester
Determination of prices in theory and in practice. Distribution of income.
Determination of the level of income and employment.

51. M oney and Banking . Mrs. Hunter.

Spring semester
Organization and operation of commercial banking in the United States.
Central banking; the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy.

52. P ublic Finance . Mr. Seltzer.

FoM semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state, and local governments. Principles
of taxation. Borrowing and debt management. Fiscal policy.

'M wl, semester

54. Business F inance .

Corporate finance, investment banking, and the securities markets.
Not offered in 1966-67.
55. Labor P roblems. Mr. Pierson.
semester
The structure and functions of labor unions. Employer approaches to labor
relations. Analysis of wage policies. Governmental control of labor relations.
Spring semester
The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty, inequality, and insecurity.
An appraisal of reforms: social insurance, medical care, public housing, rural
development. The economics of discrimination and of educational opportunity.
Not offered in 1966-67.

56. Social Economics . Mr. Wilcox.

57. M anagerial Economics . Mr. Gaty.

Spring semester
Analysis of business decision-making; economic theory and management
control; market structure, pricing, and output; the budgetary process and
business planning; business behavior and social welfare.
Not offered in 1966-67.
Spring semester
Maintenance of competition in American industry; moderation of competition
in agriculture, extractive industries, and distributive trades. Regulation of
public utilities, transport, and communications. Public ownership and opera­
tion of industry.

58. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Wilcox.

Spring semester
Analysis of business fluctuations and long-term economic change. Public
policies for stabilization and growth.

59. Business Cycles.

60. I nternational Economics . Mr. Siegman.

Spring semester
Theory and practice of international trade. Balance of payments, foreign
exchange, national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign
aid.

61. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Pryor.

Spring semester
A comparative study of the economic systems of the Soviet Union, China,
India, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
H o n o rs W o rk

101. F inance . Mr. Seltzer.

^§1 semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state and local governments. The prin­
ciples of taxation. Problems of the Federal debt. Corporation finance, invest­
ment banking, and the securities markets. Public regulation of financial
practices.

93

102. Economic Stability and G row th . Mr. Freedman.
Spring semester
The theory of cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking.
Monetary and fiscal policy. Wage-price pressures and the control of inflation.
103. Economic T heory . Mr. Gaty.
Each semester
Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution of in­
come, the level of employment. Evaluation of theory in the light of simplify­
ing assumptions and empirical evidence. The relevance of theory to socio­
economic problems.
104. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Wilcox.
Spring semester
The maintenance of competition in American industry. The moderation of
competition in agriculture, the extractive industries, and the distributive trades.
The regulation of public utilities, transport, and communications. Public owner­
ship and operation of industry.
Not offered in 1966-67.
105. International E conomics. Messrs. Siegman and Wilcox.
Each semester
Theory and practice in international economic relations. The pure theoiy of
international trade. The balance of payments and the mechanism of inter­
national exchange. Restrictionism and discrimination. Regionalism. Relations
with controlled economies. International investment and foreign aid.
106. Comparative E conomic Systems. Mr. Pryor.
Spring semester
Economic organization, resource allocation, and growth in an advanced
planned economy: the USSR. Economic development in a backward planned
economy: China. Economic development in a backward mixed economy:
India. An advanced socialist-welfare economy: the United Kingdom. The
changing economy of the United States.
107. Labor and Social Economics. Messrs. Pierson and Wilcox.
Fall semester
The organization of labor. Analysis of wage policies. Government control of
labor relations. Poverty, inequality, and insecurity. Social insurance, medical
care, public housing, and rural development.
Spring semester
Econometrics, difference and differential equations, and other applications of
mathematics to economics.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 and Economics 103.
Not offered in 1966-67.

108. M athematical Economics .

94

ENGINEERING
P r o fessors : Sa m u e l T. C a r p e n t e r , Chairman
H ow ard M . J e n k in s
J o h n D . M cC r u m m
B ernard M orrill
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : C arl B arus
D avid L. B o w l e r ;
R a ym o nd D oby
C lark P. M a n g elsd o r f J
M . J o se ph W illis
A ssistant P r o fesso r : G. Stu a rt P a t t e r so n , J r .
I n s t r u c t o r : W illia m C. K err
L e c t u r e r : J o h n B. C l o t h ie r , J r .
V isiting L e c t u r e r : L eo n ard R. M a n n **
The Department of Engineering offers engineering programs * directed toward
four principal educational aims: to introduce the student to a body of knowledge
fundamental to all of modern engineering; to provide him with a comprehensive
base of mathematics, chemistry and physics; to allow him maximum flexibility in
electing plans of study to suit individual objectives; to provide him the opportunity
to study in the humanities and social sciences.
The professional practice of engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in
applying scientific knowledge and methods to the solution of engineering problems
of ever growing technical complexity. In addition, the role of engineering in
our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic
and social factors that bear on his technical problems. The successful engineer will
therefore possess an understanding of socio-economic forces, an appreciation of the
cultural and humanistic aspects of the society in which he lives, and a sound
working knowledge of human relations. Our total program furthers these objectives
by providing the student with a broad technical knowledge, together with the
foundation of a liberal education.
Educational plans available to engineering students at Swarthmore are as follows:
( 1 ) Four year course programs with the major in Engineering, with elected
concentrations of study in the professional branches of engineering such as
Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering, and in related engineering
areas. (See suggested Elective Sequences).
(2) Four year course programs with the major in Engineering, with elected
combinations of study in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Mathematics, Politi­
cal Science, etc.
(3) Reading for Honors in Engineering.
(4) Special sequences to meet unusual needs or interests:
(a) A four year program relating Engineering with other College areas of
study, or
(b) A five year program leading to both a B.S. degree with a major in
Engineering, and a B.A. degree.

„

+ /\Dsenc on leave, iyoo-o/.
,.
,
.
...
r ._ „
* The new programs and courses presented in this catalogue are effective with the freshman
class entering college in September 1966. Previously enrolled students follow programs and
courses as outlined on page 106 and in the 1964-65 College Catalogue, a copy of which is
available upon request.
** Fall semester, 1966-67.
95

A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements
of the College as specified for the Division of Engineering (pp. 59-61). Cur­
ricular plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration:
( 1 ) the basic engineering science courses should meet the prerequisite require­
ments for advanced work in Engineering: at the upper-class level, and (2) the
general College requirements should normally be fulfilled prior to junior standing.
The first two years of "Engineering Curriculum” (see following pages) will gen­
erally provide the background for the Engineering student to engage in any of
the various plans of study and furnish the prerequisites for the advanced work of
the junior and senior years. Modifications of the basic four year program are
possible in individual cases but such changes must be approved by the student's
course adviser and the Department of Engineering. During the second semester
of the sophomore year the Engineering student, following College procedure, will
apply for a Course program with a major in Engineering, or he may apply to read
for Honors in Engineering.
Course Programs
All four year programs lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science with the major
in Engineering. The thirty-six semester courses are distributed as follows: Four
semesters of mathematics, three semesters of Chemistry, three semesters of Physics,
eight semesters of required Engineering common-core subjects, four semesters of
approved Engineering electives and four semesters of free electives chosen from
College-wide areas of instruction including Engineering. Except for the courses
required to meet the College general requirements (pp. 59-61), the remaining courses
are unrestricted, but it is recommended that they be selected from the humanities
and social sciences.
The required courses, with the normal sequence of study, are shown ip the
following outline of the Engineering curriculum.

Engineering Curriculum
First Year
Spring Semester

Fall Semester

Mechanics I
Physics 2
Mathematics 6
Elective
Elective

Introduction to Engineering
Physics 1
Mathematics 5
Elective
Elective

Electrical Science
Mechanics II
Mathematics 15
Chemistry 1
Elective

Second Year
Lumped-parameter Systems
Mathematics 16
Chemistry 2
Elective
Elective
Third Year
Physical Chemistry
Elective
Elective
Elective

Distributed-parameter Systems
Thermodynamics
Elective
Elective
96

Fourth Year

araawH

Materials Science
Elective
Elective
Elective

Modern Physics
Elective
Elective
Elective

Course Advising and ','MppfOMÌ tòt Programs
Std^Ws /àre àdyis;é|
goals known foJheir. E&giiieering
W p f
^n‘‘miS,'way the
the Mp^ibriity ;prQyidè4 ,;£9%
jciiti
provide'for a curricular gfpgram
specifically ioriented: to his future .educational goals. The basic plaivof upper-class
study in E n !^iieet^gr^d^^obel''£«»iUiti(brdunng the second semester of the
sophomore year When fhe ;SÌùaenfT#^liès''fbir a major in Engineering.

Students applying to become candidates for a degree with Honors should present
their proposed program to the D ivi s‘ioil' of: Engineering fior-'approvai-, after: 'con-;
suiting.,eWthi the- Chairman, ¡Qfqthe! Dep.artjnept of Engineering.
Each!student;¡must presentnahheducatioaaliyissound program along with a state­
ment of his! reason's; ¡te^beli'eyfiHg- that »his ¿program is appropriate to his pgoals.
Reading fox'.’Honors pin ' Èh^infeèrihjg will normally reqùiré‘'the scheduling of - eight
related seminars and.shouldunclnde semihars-in Engineering, Physics'^^‘òi'Chèrnistiy,
andfiiatliemaiicsr' The passing' p£
Honors examinations/'with onepaper fbr
each.sen)inat,, ,l?adsfE? t h i q i " d e g r e e with Honors, High Honors,
or Highest H onors/in the .Division of .Engineering. Honors work: in Engineering
is customarily carried on in seminarS'Of three or more students; a minimum of
three students is thought to be’desirable for the students to develop the full educa­
tional benefits of the seminar method of study.
Elective'Sequences iniihefComse Pr.ogram ,; ’
The' requiredfcourKa/iir/Mathèjpdf]^^^ Physics and Chemistry;» and, .tj?e; required
eight ¿semester. courses ;of-the.;Engineering .core provide .the supporting subjects
upoai;whi®k toubasei a 1i¡totaf.program meeting particular needs and educational
interests. The following suggested sequences of study 5beyond; the required "courses
aréidisfèd-.fó1'indiente JthE flexibility of-^biife'iipen to the student. Othèr Sdquénces
niaj* also* bè'hffhnjgpdJbeyi)fid tfeds'ùgigbstfed;|>Ìàhjs>. At least four elected and approved
courses!"in ' Engineering beyond''the required , courses must be included in the
elected sequence. The four free electives are also available for inclusion in these
sequences. Electives in the Humanities, Social Sciences and EjlojE^ngesupap ^ s q
contribute, in many cases, to the central aims of a secmence(.^. A course in Special
Topics; is available,oforo mèeti&g,>spedalo interests or
'~7,
[JaimerD

Suggested Elective Sequences
Bio-Engineering

A minimum of four Engi­
neering courses with additional
elections in Engineering, Biol­
ogy*, and; Chemistry;'n

engineering principles to
biological and medical problems. Students with
ibis1-interest will normally elect two semesters
&f;biOlpgysand two semesters of organic chemahd' àn appropriate sequence of èhgineering-'xOtfrsfes: Suggested sequences Of'study in
•thi^ 'interdisciplinary field are available; ù^ón
requester; can be developed with th^hssistence
o f ybtt’id Engineering adviser, er.

97

Civil Engineering and Related A reas

General Civil Engineering
Structures
Transportation Systems
Urban and Regional Plan­
ning
Water Resources

The minimum course sequence is Structural
Mechanics I, Earth Science, Civil Engineering
Design, with a fourth course chosen from Fluid
Mechanics, Structural Mechanics II, or Soil
Engineering. The minimum sequence provides
the prerequisites for an additional elective
sequence in Structures, Water Resources and
Environmental Control, Regional and Urban
Planning, Transportation Systems, Pre-Architec­
ture, or General Civil Engineering, as desired
by the student. Plans may be made for work in
Bio-Engineering with an emphasis on Environ­
mental Control and Water Resources.
The early planning of electives in Biology,
Economics, Political Science, Sociology, or Fine
Arts, is essential for programs related to Urban
and Regional Planning or Water Resources.

E lectrical Engineering and Related Areas

General Electrical Engineer­
ing
Electric Power and Energy
Conversion
Electronics and Information
Processing
Systems and Control
Engineering Physics

Students who plan to do work in electrical
engineering will normally include the follow­
ing courses in their programs as a minimum
background in the field beyond the required
engineering core: Circuit Theory, Electromag­
netic Theory, Electronics I, Electromechanical
Energy Conversion I.
In addition, a student, may pursue his elec­
trical interests, with emphasis in one of the
areas shown at the left, by the appropriate
choice of further electives.

Energy Conversion

Direct Energy Conversion
Electromechanical E nergy
Conversion
Thermodynamics and Heat
Transfer

Energy conversion is one of the outstanding
problems of the present and future. Conven­
tional sources and means of conversion will
continue to be important. New and as yet un­
developed systems will become increasingly
significant. A concentration of electrical and
mechanical courses built on fundamental
courses in thermodynamics can be developed for
students with a special interest in energy con­
version.

Engineering Sciences

A number of feasible pro­
grams may be elected from
Engineering, M ath em atics,
Chemistry, Physics, with the
engineering courses dealing
primarily with the theoretical
bodies of knowledge.

A program in Engineering Sciences provides
for diversity and depth in engineering, com­
bined with mathematics, chemistry, or physics.
It is suitable for those planning to enter college
teaching or engineering research after graduate
study.

Engineering Combined W ith Study in O ther College A reas

Biology
Chemistry
Economics
Mathematics
Political Science

An engineering student is required to include
at least four approved engineering courses be­
yond the required engineering core. Fourteen
electives, including the six to satisfy the Col­
lege distribution requirements, are available for
planning a sequence of study leading to con­
centrations or diversity in other College areas.
98

Psychology
Physics

The areas listed on the left are not exclusive
they do represent areas in which engineer­
ing students may find a strong interest and a
relationship to future engineering work.

Mechanical Engineering and R elated Areas

General Mechanical Engi­
neering
Applied Mechanics
Thermodynamics and Energy
Conversion
Fluid Mechanics and Heat
Transfer
Engineering Design

Sequences in general mechanical engineering
will normally include, in addition to the re­
quired engineering core, courses in advanced
dynamics, solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and
heat transfer, and automatic controls. Courses
in thermodynamics, applied mechanics, fluids,
heat transfer, and engineering design can be
used to develop such specialized sequences as
those shown at the left. Plans may be made for
work in bio-engineering with an emphasis on
the structure and function of biological systems.
C ourses

Full semester
Introduction to engineering design, analysis, and decision making. Computer
programming and numerical methods. Students will use the college s IBM1620 digital computer.
Graphical communication and sketching. Shop processes.
Student projects in engineering design using the computer, graphics and shop.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.

1. I ntroduction to Engineering .

2. M echanics I.
Spring semester
Concept and definition of forces, vector methods of analysis. Equilibrium
principles. Analysis of forces in machines and structures. Virtual work. Shear
and bending in beams, elementary concepts of deformable bodies. Centroids
and inertia of plane areas.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
H
semester
Vector treatment of dynamics; kinematics of particles in fixed and moving
reference systems; Newton's laws applied to particle motion; central force
motion; rigid body kinematics, relative motion, and kinetics; energy methods;
impulse and momentum methods; kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies in
three dimensions.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Mechanics I.

3. M echanics II.

4. E lectrical Science .

The experimental and theoretical basis of electricity and magnetism; elemen­
tary electrostatics and magnetostatics; foundations of circuit theory, principles
of energy conversion, and transient analysis of linear networks.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and 2, and to be preceded or accompanied by Integral
Calculus.
Spring semester
The study of physical phenomena and systems which may be represented to a
good degree of approximation by a linear model or a lumped-parameter pic­
torial model. The formulation of the mathematical model and the treatment
of the linear ordinary differential equations resulting therefrom. Emphasis
will be placed upon the unity resulting from the mathematical representa­
tion for many types of physical systems: mechanical, electrical, electromechani­
cal, thermal, etc. Techniques of analysis will include classical solution of

5. Lumped -Parameter Systems.

99

differential equations, .transient and;,steady state response, frequency response,
pole-zero concepts, notions of stability, and energy considerations. The
analog computer will'be introduced:
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
7—8. P rinciples and P roblems 6i; M ôdèrn T echnology ;

Full course

This course is designed to meet the needs of non-science majors and fulfills
the group l distribution requirements (See pp. 59-61.) In the first semester,
* the- logic Land programming of the digital computer will be introduced.
elementary decision theory will, be developed, and the engineering concepts
¡..ftrf. optimization, feedback, and information discussed. Newton’s laws of
motion and the laws of thermodynamics will be introduced to illustrate the
use of. science in technology, The interactions among science, technology,
and society will be considered in terms of the past, present, and future. In
the second semester, a, series of three to five special topics illustrative of
v modérai technological, iproblems.and., activity will be developed. Topics will
be chosen for their timeliness, interest and importance to both society and
technology. Possible topics are world communications, water resources, energy
conversion and energy resources:--'’
PÇhree; glass periods and one three-hour^laboratpry .period each week.
.51'...T>ISTRIBUTBDrPARAMBTERrSYSt^M.SiB ,ngi»fc gnhoonigns 03

A study of a class of physical systems that can be represerited by simple
distributed-parameter models, Phenomena
magnetic,. .thermal, and other such syStems are treated with emphasis on
"their physical analogy and their consequentmathematical' unity. The partial
differential equations governing' such^ phenomena are developed from basic
principles, introducing vector calculus. Application is made to realistic engi­
neering situations.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
.Prerequisite? Engr,; Sr-r^Lumped-Parameter.-Systema. a;
Fall semester

52. THERMODYNAMICS,,

Macrpsfopic concepts of thermodynamics: temperature, the,Fi|st
dynamic properties, reversibility. Statistical inference df therfiiddynamits:
probability, entropy and equilibrium, the partition function. Ideal gases. The
1Second Law of Thermodynamics.. Cycles. Maxwell’s Relations: 'Springsemester

r m i 3M aterials Science .

This course...brings together much of the background material acquired^ in
other courses and focuses on the problém of understanding at a technological
as well as theoretical level the engineering pdop>ètftfésASf matfeiMS-in ‘terms
of atomic and sub-atomic phenomena. Among the Topics .oon|i<kred,J?illj be
crystal structure, electrical, thermal and magnetic 'properties o r sohdS, im­
perfections: ;qnd their, effect On mechanical: and electrical properties, corrosion
and environmental effects.
Three class periods andone laboratory each- week.
Prerequisites: PhysicalChemistry, Modern Physics: *
54. Systems Analysis .

A study -of advanced mathematical procedures uSeful in analyzing the be­
havior of. physical systems, Included will be .such topics as. Laplace^and
Fourier :methods, 1! auto- and cross-correlattop Of stochastic signals, phaseplane analysis, the Z-transform, signal flow graphs, concepts of optimisation,
etc The systems to which the above procedures apply may be linear or non­
linear, and subjected to precisely defined or to random types of disturbances.
Three class periods and one computation period each week.
..Prerequisites; Engr.il> .and Engr.. 51:. 1<
100

55. O perations Research. n :

: The principles of opèrations researches applicable to defining' optimum solu­
tions of engineering and financial problems as an ai^.tó ,mah^gpfiaff.decision
making. Probability .and probability distributions, reliability, random number
simulation, queuing' ffièdiy,TfSear0^fó^fiinMtìgf dynaifiic'pro’pàmffiihg, alloca­
tion and transportation theory. The w 0r k in g ^ |f { ^ ^ ^ q |r£ g ^ ^ j Q g ['fC O ^n|
are introduced and combined with operations ‘research topics.
Three ’class1periods each' week. 1:
59. M echanics of Solids, ad

stresses and changes of form when forces
act on solid bodies. State of stress and strain, strength theories, stability,
deflections, and photoelasticity. Elastic and Plastic theories.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory e^^yyeek, ;;j
Prerequisites: Mechanics I and II.
62.- Structural M echanics IT

! P^im ipteM Stafially determinate structural systems and advanced mechanics
of deformable bodies pertaining to Reflection, state of .stress, state of strain,
failure theories, strain'':ffi&gyf'and;Tfffility.iCStfvfcffifRÌ }SièchamCé“óf space
and plane framed structures including stress àhalysisp infl'UètìCé^Mttés, and
matrix solutions.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each wèèkT
65. Structural M echanics ILorii

A study of statically indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural
theory. Response of structures ÌòTóm pléi dynamic Vinputs^ such as earth­
quakes and moving’ tóàds' Digital computer applications.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Structural Mechanics I.
}(A . a Earth Science oozoi

''LÌsing the ba^ic’concepts. Of physical géol'ogy: as a 'unifying, framework, the
^prihèiblè^hfssbil JiSét*àHics and. hydrology are studied/Subjects introduced
include clay mineralogy, théffiiyh'lSF1C9n l o l ^ l |ò i f ^ l'^ifiS‘'OTSses'(j^i earth
masses, flow through porous’ ifiedM; :pfecipitateh-fàh{^ì relationships, open
channel flow, ground water hydraulics, and> sedimentation.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
65.. Civil E ngineering D esig^ .

: An introduction!To: the! designò oT engineering structures with emphasis on
structural comporientsi-sandnstrUcturai 'materials,^ design: “projects-involving
planning, field surveys^enalysis (,andi synthesis* structural models, andvoptimization criteria.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
66. Structural D esign .

An advanced course, in the design of structures dealing with stability, flat
plates, shells, pré-stressed concrete, high strength .steels, .¡qltimaferj-.design,
dynamic force systems, comprehensive design problems,^ advanced structural
model studies.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week. ’
Prerequisites: Engr. 6% 6jk.;6 §S7 /
m . .WATERrltESQURCESm b-oo! iOfTiO'ijjols lo
Àh introduction to the ifundamentals. of .waterstesources engineering,..includ­
ing pertinent areas 'of ihydrqlogy and hydraulics, precipitation-runoff relation­
ships, groundwater floW,'sedimentation, and hydraulics of steady and gradu­
ally varied flow through channels and reservoirs ate studiedi ' Fundamentals
101

are related to engineering aspects of planning for water-resources projects,
followed by some case studies of existing projects which draw on the back­
ground of the student in engineering science, design, the humanities, and
the social sciences.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
68. T ransportation Systems.

The essentials of transportation planning, design and operation are introduced
with the major emphasis on urban systems. Specific topics include traffic
forecasting, geometric design of highways, theory of traffic flow and control,
intersection design and operation of mass transportation facilities and terminals.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 55, but may be taken concurrently.
69. Soil Engineering .
Advanced principles of soil mechanics with application to problems in design.
Theoretical aspects of seepage, settlement and foundation stability analysis.
The design of retaining walls, foundations, and earth structures are among
the specific topics.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 64.
71. Circuit T heory .
Transient and steady-state analysis of electric circuits and networks with
emphasis on Laplace and Fourier methods and s-plane interpretation. Net­
work topology, equilibrium equations, theorems, network functions and their
properties. Energy in electric networks. Introduction to synthesis.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 5, or Physics 12.
72. E lectromagnetic T heory .
,
Maxwell’s equations and their application. Macroscopic field treatment of
magnetic, dielectric and conducting bodies. Forces, motion, and energy
storage. Calculation of circuit parameters. Skin effect. Electromagnetic waves;
their propagation, guidance, and radiation.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 51, or equivalent.
73. Electronics I.
Electronic circuit analysis. Emphasis is placed on the use of small-signal
and piecewise linear models to represent transistors and vacuum tubes. Steadystate and transient responses of circuits are analyzed.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 5, or equivalent.
74. Electronics II.

Further study of electronic circuit analysis, with emphasis on the use of
transistors at high frequencies and in the switching mode. Topics in com­
munication theory may be included.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 73.
75. E lectromechanical Energy Conversion I.

Principles and physical aspects of electromechanical energy conversion; basic
concepts of rotating machine performance and the analysis of ideal rotating
electrical machinery and the dynamics of coupled systems.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 5.
102

76. Electromechanical Energy Conversion II.
Transformers, D-C machines, analysis of performance and applications, syn­
chronous machines, performance, effects of saturation and saliency; polyphase
induction machines; fractional horsepower motors; rotating control .devices;
and self-synchronous machines.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 5 and Engr. 75.
77. T opics in Information T ransmission .

Selected topics relating to the transmission and processing of information
and information-bearing signals. Application to communication and informa­
tion-processing systems.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 72 and Engr. 74.
78. A utomatic Control .

An introduction to automatic control systems using the Laplace transform
and signal flow graphs. System design is studied by means of the Nyquist
diagram, frequency response methods, and the root locus method. Other
topics include compensation networks, multiple input systems and system
optimization. Advanced topics are introduced: nonlinear and sample data
systems, adaptive control, etc.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 5 and Engr. 51.
79. P hysical E lectronics.
A study of the physical principles underlying the operation of electronic
devices. Attention is focused on the relationship between material properties
and the characterization of devices as circuit elements. Semiconductor
devices are extensively treated.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 51.
81. I ntroduction to F luid M echanics and Convective H eat T ransfer .
The fundamentals of the transfer of momentum, heat, and mass; the mechanics
of the fluid state of matter. The continuum; stress, deformation rate, con­
tinuity, the Navier-Stokes equations. Application to inviscid, incompressible
flow and viscous flow and convective heat transfer.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 51.
82. Advanced Fluid M echanics .

A study of the more specialized areas of fluid mechanics; boundary layer
theory, turbulence, and compressible flow.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 81.
83. Continuum M echanics ,

A study of the formulation and solution of the governing equations for
the mechanics of a continuous medium. Stress, deformation, rheological
models, constitutive equations, conservation laws, and applications.
Four class periods each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 81 or Engr. 59.
84. Advanced T hermodynamics.

An extension of the basic core thermodynamics, Engr. 52. The fundamental
laws of thermodynamics are applied to conventional systems of energy con103

version. Principles of ^e,y^^b|e;Ith ^ m p ^ p ^ ic s ya^e^^vjelM>e^l,and ¡applied
to. systems of direct energy conversion.
J!T f ï ÿ é ë c j l à i S s ^.öinfe, fhrlé'.bodf' labbistorÿ eàâi yfrèëk?' ’’
;i3oivsl?feBäl^fe-.Ä98r.-m)om »woaseiod knohosä ■réniri
85. Advanced D ynamics.
Review of kinematics‘and particle aÿnatn^^using vic^s.^.viïirâïipns and
stability of lumped parameter ■csysfôfi;J *Rlgid fody dÿtiàïifiiâ^'Yâcluding
gyroscopes, in vector form. Lagrange’s equations and Hamilton's Principle.
Vibration of distributed systems?
Fôiir clâssv'périods'eaCh week;-’
-£lniO“l^rÖb^iöSfilf'rMti’ä?iü5:l ?1 noi,Ä>‘*
88. Conduction and Radiations H ea t . T ransfer ^ i

A course dealing with the basic introduction ;td‘ physical phenomena' involved
in the conduction and radiation heat transfer processes. Work is done in
both steady state and transient conditions. AnalyifèÔ/'ëto^iiffcafîâfid:hhméiïcal
mn-rbniSBpraaehea at;ei ¡covered. amatai
>ï 'Three xlass ¡periods and ;one' :three-hour laboratory each, week.-:gi
isdlO Pfét'ëd®sifes-:°-Eâgf? 5#j}5Îins f
moiaya . brta zmatayz tnqni slqitium ,a>howi3n noiJcaaoqmoD obubni aiiqoi
iiî SP.s .’M ach În E: DESiGN-m

:bsonboitni aw

The study of the analysis and synthesis o f tîïe 'élèihbrits7èrlPirn'âchffie^?
Three class periods aäd^'Sn'e^ffiree-fibW labofàto^ êAéh;vdeëKn'
Prerequisites: Engr. 85, 59.
90. Engineering D esign.
A genefäliz'ed'appröach. to thé ’design of engineeririg system's and' components
-Ti'^dèvelüped ¡StresSinig''itiventiVehess; engineering- analysis and decision making,
jbrfin^ridesighnpt^biss Ji$'>Studied ttaûôj»h tiàstfuJilStôïiô1-and stüdehtr-projects
which utilize a number of areas of engkieÿfJB£ ScdëMlèçiASpttftifeaéôtt theory,
the use of probabililyeand/statistiosBinddesign, äe.eisfeaitheory,bandiiTäiability
theory are discussed.
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory each week.
'Pfèfe’qufiife? 'Séintôï ’EftglnëiMniP:stkiMift£r anj.i-;
<ff)fii^ii'3 'ljs9ri 'btntnsmof
Bffi ,sFm aôimiTiîoiSff ,zearsi ¡mnuniinoo srfT ,iai)em io 9Ja)a bian arlt do
uï-i jSubieet matter dependent oh a .group need or/individual'' interest: u¡Normally
restricted to senior stridents and ofKerednoslfenwhenfistajffiijhtefcestsvarfd avail. ability make it p ra c ^ ç ^ e rj ^ 3dp!(§Ç|.j0cij5; 3,
92. T hesis.
With approval, a student may undertal|e>,|, j, ^hes^ prpjecf
o^^his
program in the senior year. The student is éxpèctea to submit a prospectus
■ i^--hiS>ihdsiÿ^fbbtem!'bdîoré fhé’'‘5taiti ôf;-,th'èi,sëméSteT';ihrwKitâfiîtl4 thesis
project is carried out.
H o n o rs Sem in ars j,"
101. M echanics of Solids.

Mechanics and analysis of deformable bodies treating elastic .and plastic stresses
' ’ arid' strains 'clué'to general ändspecifiC' f 8fc^'^tfins."'feetferälJieijua^ions of
!-! dqüiliBfhfjn!;'ahd'' .eèfhjÆftilnlitÿ:r' '1Paifdfë"'Itliëôtiés, ''stabifriy}-' ‘Exjïëîimental
analys^'bÎSëdTitf kräirfsf^hbïbelïîfiïit’y, <iSßt■
:ttëfflbrâhë'!âôâlogf:‘’ElSfnentary
vibrations. Lagrange and Hamilton equations, cbse abohoc
Prerequisites: Mechanics I and Iï£ Matftmatidiî l-igtiä, ori«<pivate8t.
102. Engineering Systems.
1BlnsmÆtefS§d1illatsfoncpgs itself,w-fth: theifeptesentatiionriof jengineering’syÂtems as

mathematical -models. .These models; fall, ipto ther.twoSfundaméntalvclâsses of

in s ^ i^ e a ^ ita M § 6i m ^ y i 6$fi8fifte#i8^ effl 8)haaph«sftl»iill 8beiliteaea9on the
physical meaning of the applied mathematics.
103. T hermodynamics.

Fundamental? concepts, ^Spectiesvof substances,-: e g M to h tfo s t y t a t and
: second-laws of ¡thermodynamics and,their;applicatitos,aentS9py,:gas ¡and; vapor
iacydeSi-iMaixwelloeqHatibhSjiiayailabilitr, Onsagefb fthespeat, ¡jPimeaMQns t0
-- direct energyneonYersiQn.13
Tiosrij scb lit gjiooj

j2ni9J2Y2 bns stuDiio Dinoilj-df» io siEyisriB
lanimeB edT .noilamiolni bns noilaaimjmmoD to

Fluid statics and dynamics, continuity, dimensional anaiySiSpiiicOmpiessible
flow, generalized equations of motion,-,Nayi£S’Stql?e.s .§ p # iq n j;h e p # lT layer
theory, convective heat transfer, mass transfer, compressibility phenomena.
105. Linear Systems.

fiiu o rn jiD

g n iia s n ia n H

Analysis and synthesis of electrical ‘and electromechanical linear systems such
■as electric networks and servomechanisms. The /following; analytical methods
are emphasized: differential equations, the Laplace transformation, Fourier
methods, poles and zeroes, superpositionijsiSgif^iiPeS^t
tion, transforms.
toinBtfooM To ,ls:>jxbolff .fi'/iD ni toiam a riliw maigoiq aaiuoD 9riT ( i )
106? STRUCTURAL MECHANICS,
.gnhwntsoff

Theory, analysis, and design of structural systems. Basic theory of determinate
and indeterminate struciai6S),fT&ndame«tals3of’.itheorgtical applied aaftch^hjcs,
including beams on elastic foundation, stability, plates and sheds, with
’a]^plie&b'lei‘Veetdr: and'Tensd¥a^pf<&£hOs-i%nd=seiiei SoturiSrii iGroutim motion
and,strqctqr.al,dynpaip, ^^<|elf^^i^i§^:hf^triicrmet|^pd|^^
,, /
Prerequisite: Engr. 101:—Mechanics of Solids.
.‘/hula to Eaaia ttdto rfliw gniisanigna gmlaigalni maigoiq isay-iuoi a (d),
107. M echanical D esign.
~j; AffîiÿsS3arid1ayhihêsï’s *8?’^ hb^ffemêrit^ète 1^-aiàcMBè?*’ViBfdtibte■weaypof
•ijbêth( 4àii8^edci<âiid8dîstïibafëi fflassoisystémsv-'-ipyiàiÀimisyspms atenstfldied

IT froffBia NewtoniâriiiafndiiLagrqçigiiinipomtcjafaisiie-ssiijab-isq adt to ztosmsnnpm
■noilaiabiznoi olni asvilMido owl edai linm ziasv owl laid aril loi snalq laiiDi-mo
M
a shivorq Isom bîbiuod tonsbz gnimsnigns aizad aril ( 1 )
i Principles
'7w
1*1

a^unifÿinÿ fr^ffîç^or|c. ^ h e o ry •of_ cpijSQUaatipn
o |'

îÜiio'it rëlai,ibnsh|ps, ^ açe'

r'':iMfâvtôèên:6£{ih'é anal^i^^f.^èniifièëfing ftrobtë&S. \
baOflfîVDÊ
101 VBW
1S91D U1W DflÊ gflfiiq 331fU . 9fu #îo SflO Yn£ ni Jn3Dt/J2
ÎQSîy T he§ ^ acMIêc$ÎY£$! uppntftppti©îçabf!Plii^ Engin.eefi^PiY^iQ 0 ii9Î ia%^^cçgpt^bl^
n
pagi nal j
i Mizzoc
c^rlt +A
'^¿iifoo e'Jnsbt/ta srij vd bavoiaqs bn£ bdriiteui ad 1zun
fo - S . m i f f a
aril » 1« lliw j n S aril ,ia9y .momoriqo;
Study' of „the.;mecliEiriic^',p.f ,a. jcorjtiriuoj^s,.patprial,
rheological moclelspdorisafutive equations,’ cdriservation laws, ahd'applications
with particular attention to elastic materials and Newtom^p ^fluid-pecjljanpp
uB aC ttC W ff iJ 5 ^ o8 y ^ 3n9b 8 to ic

:i; >Théory)!ofidiheaï!nrnie ¡invariant eiectïibjàrcuitsjwjtth bjiiéf::exttnSohs>itadioM
,j,; linear networks and methods.-oi synthesis-. . iVetwojk topology and equilibliuni
.. ,,equ%1jpp^, iPaJe-zqrO jCqpqqpt^jj.tr^nsi^nt^ndist^dyQftatei-msfiiina?»
. VresoMflqeqàa^.dhe -comme^s-plape? ,'^qpe{pg^tiçpi^rifipigçie^ l
r#M>
°gfaf>Sr,driê- anâ
4nd^Q w ^-pi^y!o‘ri^ ,ï^&nfl]ffjiç
^W Q péïti^of network fütidtiofis." Tfeatmefif of 'êlettiôméchaniçal^ enefp i
^'dfàiffèr 'irf^deidïêS^S^^dinèiirtetWrirK éqûWâlterifS'30
gniqobvafa ol (f ) ;gnii33nigna to Benilqiazib sell to ono to zlnamMjupei so (am aril
ià20'rEjÆCT38eWAffNSSl<taTjpiE©ç.Y>ieEd 9 * gnilslqmoo îallA eliaialni iaiosqz liarll
!DèVèlô|^Snti9rid',a|5]plicatfori'cif MSxWëll'S^'éqfiàtîôiiS. *Ffelâ!?ï‘ri‘bbüfidfed Spàce
and in dielectric, magnetic and conduct'iflgscBiafteaialsi dçWf» q»r«pgââlMîJÎMd
105

reflection. Radiation. Electromagnetic energy storage and electromechanical
energy conversion.
113. E lectronics.

A study of electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical
theory of electron tubes, semiconductor devices, and other electronic circuit
elements; design of electronic circuits applicable to communications, instru­
mentation, information processing systems, etc.; transient and steady-state
analysis of electronic circuits and systems; introductory topics in the theory
of communication and information. The seminar is accompanied by a fullday laboratory.
Prerequisite: Engr. I l l , or equivalent.

Engineering Curricula
F or St u d e n t s W h o H ave E n t e r e d

in

Se pt e m b e r 1965

or

B efore

Three educational plans are offered:
( 1 ) The Course program with a major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical
Engineering.
( 2 ) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences.
(3) A special sequence to meet unusual needs or interests of certain students:
(a) a five-year program leading to both a B.S. and a B.A. degree, or
(b) a four-year program integrating engineering with other areas of study.
A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of
the College as specified for the Division of Engineering (pp. 59-61) and the
requirements of the particular discipline or program in which he is a major. Thus
curricular plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration:
( 1 ) the basic engineering science courses must provide a foundation and meet
the prerequisite requirements for advanced work at the upper-class level, and ( 2)
the general College requirements should be essentially fulfilled prior to junior
standing. Experience has shown that the suggested "Basic Engineering Curriculum
of the First Two Years” (page 107) will meet the needs of the usual engineering
student in any one of the three plans and will clear the way for the advanced
work of the junior and senior years. Modifications of the basic program, as well
as those of the major disciplines, are possible in individual cases but such changes
must be justified and approved by the student’s course adviser. At the end of the
sophomore year, the student will enter the Course program in a major field of
Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering, or he may apply for Honors.
( 1 ) The Course Program
This program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil, Electrical, or
Mechanical Engineering; these curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council
for Professional Development. Over the four years, the student will take about
one-quarter of his work in the Divisions of the Humanities and Social Sciences,
one-quarter in the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the
remainder in the Department of Engineering. All students devote their last two
years: ( 1 ) to certain basic courses required of all engineers; ( 2 ) to fulfilling
the major requirements of one of the disciplines of Engineering; (3) to developing
their special interests. After completing the basic program of the first two years,
the student follows the curriculum outlined on the following pages under the
particular area in which he is a major.
106

For descriptions of courses in Engineering, see the 1964-65 College Catalogue
(pp. 91- 100).
(2) The Honors Program in Engineering Sciences
The Division on Engineering offers an Honors program accredited in Engineering
Sciences in addition to the above programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical
Engineering. A general statement describing Honors work at Swarthmore may be
found on page 61. The program is open, by application, to qualified students upon
completion of the sophomore year. Successful participants will receive the degree
of Bachelor of Science with Honors, High Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineer­
ing Sciences.
The program has been established to meet the new and challenging demands
placed upon the engineering profession by the rapid advances in science. The
eight seminars in which the student participates cover a wide range of fundamental
knowledge in the fields of mathematics, modern physics, and engineering sciences.
The program is characterized by its orientation to basic scientific and mathematical
principles in lieu of specialized subject matter. The program is unique and suited
for those planning a future career in professional engineering, research and develop­
ment, or college teaching.
Two seminars are normally taken each semester of the junior and senior year,
for a total of eight. The final evaluation of the students in the program occurs
at the end of the senior year by means of eight examinations, one for each seminar,
given by outside examiners.
Students applying for the Honors program are required to submit their proposed
seminar programs to the Division of Engineering, accompanied by a letter setting
forth their defense of the program. The proposed program must include seminars
in Mathematics, Physics; and Engineering Sciences. The Mathematics and
Physics seminars are described in the departmental listings and the Engineering
Science seminars are described in the 1964-65 College Catalogue (p. 92). It is
advisable for students interested in this program to consult with the Chairman of
the Department of Engineering.
(3) Special Programs
There is growing recognition of the value of an engineering training fortified
by a strong background of work in the humanities and social sciences or in the
natural sciences. It is possible, with early planning of a five-year program, for
a student to obtain both an engineering degree and a Bachelor of Arts degree
in another field of interest. It is also possible to effect a four-year engineering
plan with a minor in another field.
These special curricula are tailored to individual cases; in any event, planning
early in the freshman year is essential. Requests for additional information should
be directed to the Chairman of the Engineering Department.
B asic E n g in e e r in g C u r r ic u l u m

of

the

F irst T w o Y ears

Spring Semester

Fall Semester
Freshman Year

Mathematics 4 (or 6 )
Physics
Chemistry
Mechanics I
Elective

Mathematics 3 (or 5)
Physics
Chemistry *
Introduction to Engineering
Elective

* Chemistry may be deferred until the sophomore year.

107

Fall Semester

Spring Semester-,

Sophomore Year
Mathematics 11 (or 15)
e-menfc
Q&foH
.Mpcijanics, I I . . cn~,-am n
t Engineering. M£4§nreip;snts. I
Materials Science
ia c ^ - r C ■
.
‘
Elective
¡ffWo***»
Elective
Elective :
••
' stonoH
Elective ::

Civil Engineering
Standard P rogram
Fall Seniestet

* •' '

CE51 Mechanics III
EE63 Electronic - Circuits :
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE55 Engineering Analysis

fo r

;

C ourse Stu d e n t s
] Spring Semester

iq Junior Year
GE'52J Structural Theory
CE54äSoil Mechanics and Foundations1
ME54 Fluid : Mechanics air
ELIO Writing and Speaking

CE53 Structural, Mechanics
CE55 Civil Engineering Design Î
CE57 Water Resources
Elective

Senior Year
ÇE58 Special Topics;-n
CÈ5Ó ‘Civil Engineering Design It i
GE57 Operatioris 'ReÎëârch'’w d ;Eiigiiiïô*-'
Sa ing Economy.gn
Elective; t

Electrical Engineering
Standard P rogram
Fall Semester

fo r

C ourse St u d e n t s

EE53 Circuit Theory I
EE55 Engineering Analysis
EE59 Electronics 52
ME‘51 General Thermodyhatriics'

't !S^fìff^.'S‘emèsìW
Junior Year
l„i EE54 )Circuit, Theory II
’ EE56 Field Theory
EÉ60 Electronics"
■ELIO’-W ritih^'iha Speaking

EE57 Electrical Machinery I
EE61 Waves and Transmission
Ph 51, Modern Physics ¡j
Elective

Senior Year
EE58 Elee{riiäi,;Mäthinery‘Ii‘ *
t Electrical Engineering Elective
Technical Elective
; .Non-technical Elective.

Mechanical Engineering
Standard P rogram
Fall Semester
CE51 Mechanics III
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE55 Engineering Analysis
Non-technical Elective

for

C ourse Stu d e n t s

Spring Semester
lJunior Year
ME52 Advanced Thermodynamics
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ME62 Advanced Strength of Materials
Non-technical Elective
108

■Spring Semester

Fall Semès-t'e'r

.Senior; Year
li0 6 4 ^iigirjpering Design II
ME 53 Heat and Mass Transfer
ME66 Mechanical Engineering Problems
ME55 Advanced Fluid Mechanics
EE.6,4, Autonjftic Control
ME63 Engineering Desigfi.to*
ix Non-technical Elective '
EE63 Electronic Circuits'^

aril ni flsilixw yiisnigho otoißioJlI to riiod ybuia £ arsito ii sonia .nail
-noo ai. atolKtaiiJ .asngnoi, iodio moil bolslensxl adiow to bns sgeugnsl
-sisxqialni a'Imbola odi oi abing s as bns ,bio»i lsiuiii/3 s as ,n a d im s as
aaaiiqmdo aisniiri3a has asaxnoo to msrgoxq ariT .al:! ni aanahaqxa nv/o aid
.aistiiw io(sm to dioav. aril to ybr/la sviansini 9rii :lordila aril ol asrbsoxq
Isoholaid asi] ,aböhoq bslimil nisixao ni baoaboiq sinlsrslil an! to nodi
io aaqyl atrohsv lo gniquoig aril bos .aaqyi yxsislil xojsrn aril to Insci
asaoqinq Istsnag srfT .vraiv to Jnioq io isllsm los’idua lisril to aiasd aril «
insmyoino bns gnibnstawbnw a'lnsbiria aril to gninabsoid odi ois ybuia
noiaivoiq sdl bns- ,mabbm insgiilalni rol aiasd s to Inomqobvsb 9dt ,sinli
-bs9i olsxmos noqri bis! oals ai aaoxl3 ..bioR aril ni ybuia xsrilxul lòi r itlsbni
.ai9qsq Insfeuia to inabilito bns alxai to noilspriqxa Isolino riguorril gnilirvr

asfluoD M' 2£C>i_aM

ro r

z'maMHflnjpaS

ni aaaiuoo xaiasmaa irigio lass! is to aiaianoo sauitö ni lojsm aril to riiow
riailgnS to insmqobvsCI odT oils! aió{Bm fidi barinoci¡norm ai 11 .Insmlis
gniinb (Oü-IS) aaainoo bqyl aril to ano tis9y damdasiì odi ni (1-5) n
bns sissqaaalsrid bns ,xs3y loinni odi ni noliiM io isousd.} ,iB3y oiomon
ls noilsnimsxa avianarisiqmoo odT .xssy Isnft 9dl ni ybulB visioiiJ to ai
anobaoup aobuloni oals luci ,diow to ybod airii no baasd ai isoy loinoe arii io
.ablari oaoril ni boisqsiq saorii ìoi InòiHÌisqab ori! yd bollito eaaiooa i

aazaucO
vriiussm ào&E
.ìtsld .yctjt8 yììahhtiI ot t'iorrouaoHTwI .1
lo noaiisqmoo s no. baasd ainlsiolil io asqvl isqioniiq arii lo noilsnimsxs nÀ
.ariiovr isnoilibsii bns niabom
-9iq ai h-c io X.isdliH È k À loaia odw alnobula ol naqo lon ai aaiaoo airiT
.Insnilisqsb ori! yd bsisi&o aaainoo aiulsislil »¡ilo ìls ol sliaiupsr
stiamo UaE
.Usto .aauTAaaTid Hatis^S io TKawaoiavaa anT ,h-£
lo alshaisrn isnoilibsii srii lo anssm yd ybnia yisisli! ol riòiiotripolini nA
.yinlnso rilaiinswl aril oi soneaaisnsE sdi moil aiulsislil dailgnd
.1 9amoo gnirisl ainobóla ol nsqo lon ;aio{sm riailgnd ìoi bsbnsrnfcioosK
.axHaduT3 viaiaaoE soar wauaMH ò ,r
riailgrià-nón mòli alnsbt/ia ìoi lavai baonsvbs ns no riiow qnoig bns Isnbivibni
.abnnoigdosd
109

ENGLISH LITERATURE
P ro fesso rs: G

eorge

Sa m
A

A

s s o c ia t e

s s is t a n t

uel

J. B ec k er ,
H

Chairman

ynes

P ro fesso rs: D

a v id

Cow

H

arold

P ro fesso rs: T

homas

Jo

hn

den

E . P a g l ia r o
H . Blackburn

J. M

c L a u g h l in

S u s a n B . Sn y d e r
In stru cto rs: T

homas

Jo

hn

A r t in

S. Sh a c k f o r d

This department might more properly be called the Department of Literature
in English, since it offers a study both of literature originally written in the
English language and of works translated from other tongues. Literature is con­
sidered as a fine art, as a cultural record, and as a guide to the student’s interpreta­
tion of his own experience in life. The program of courses and seminars comprises
four approaches to the subject: the intensive study of the work of major writers,
examination of the literature produced in certain limited periods, the historical
development of the major literary types, and the grouping of various types ot
forms on the basis of their subject matter or point of view. The general purposes
of this study are the broadening of the student’s understanding and enjoyment
of literature, the development of a basis for intelligent criticism, and the provision
of a foundation for further study in the field. Stress is also laid upon accurate read­
ing and writing through critical explication of texts and criticism of student papers.
R e q u ir e m

ents

M

fo r

a jo r s

in

C ourse

The work of the major in course consists of at least eight semester courses in
the department. It is recommended that majors take The Development of English
Literature (3-4) in the freshman year, one of the type courses (21-30) during
the sophomore year, Chaucer or Milton in the junior year, and Shakespeare and
Problems of Literary Study in the final year. The comprehensive examination at
the end of the senior year is based on this body of work, but also includes questions
on other courses offered by the department for those prepared in those fields.
C ourses

1 . I ntroduction to Literary Study. Staff.

'
Each semester
An examination of the principal types of literature based on a comparison of
modern and traditional works.
This course is not open to students who elect 3-4. Either 1 or 3-4 is pre­
requisite to all other literature courses offered by the department.

3-4. T h e D evelopment of English Literature. Staff.
Full course
An introduction to literary study by means of the traditional materials of
English literature from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.
Recommended for English majors; not open to students taking course 1 .
5,6. English for F oreign Students .

Individual and group work on an advanced level for students from non-English
backgrounds.
110

10. W riting and Speaking . Staff.
Spring semester
Analysis, organization, and effective presentation of complex subject matter
in both speech and writing. Open only to students for whom the course
is a requirement or for whom it is recommended by their advisers.
21. T he Art of P oetry.
Vail semester
A study of the language, syntax, forms, and genres of poetry. Readings will
be drawn from a wide range of literature. Suggested as a prerequisite to
courses and seminars in poetry.
22. Renaissance P oetry. Miss Snyder.
Spring semester
Development of forms and ideas in English non-dramatic poetry of the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with emphasis on Spenser, Sidney, Donne,
Shakespeare, Herbert, and Marvell. Primarily for sophomores.
24. N ineteenth -Century P oetry. Mr. Pagliaro.
Spring semester
A study of ideas and language in the major English Romantic poets.
25. T he English N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
semester
A study of the beginnings of the novel, concentrating on works of the eighteenth
century and romantic period. Primarily for sophomores.
26. T h e English N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester
A study of the chief Victorian and Edwardian novelists. Primarily for soph­
omores.
27. English D rama to 1700. Mr. McLaughlin.
Spring semester
Most of the plays read are drawn from the Elizabethan and Jacobean periods,
but in'-luHpH are a few works from the medieval and Restoration periods.
Primarily for sophomores.
28. M odern D rama (Ibsen and after). Mr. McLaughlin.
Vail semester
The main emphasis is on Ibsen, Chekhov, Shaw, and O Neill; but there is a
wide range of plays by European, English, and American dramatists of the
modern period. Primarily for sophomores.
Spring semester
The emergence of vernacular literature in English in its relation to English
and classical sources. Primarily for sophomores.

29. T he Literature of th e M iddle Ages. Mr. Artin.

30. English Literature of th e E ighteenth Century . Mr. Pagliaro.

Vail semester

The developing sensibility and literary forms of the period. Primarily for
sophomores.
40. Advanced Composition .
Spring semester
An intensive course in the writing of expository prose. Open only to soph­
omores.
42. Shakespeare . Staff.
Bach semester
A study of major plays. Not open to freshmen or to majors in course.
51, 52. Literature in A merica. Mr. Shackford.

A study of major American writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
54. M odern Comparative Literature. Mr. Becker.
Vail semester
The rise and decline of the realistic movement as seen through the study of
European and American works since Flaubert. Open to juniors and seniors.
I ll

.it Kid ,ovn SAS '■!Ü gma : .'F ail . Semester

:55isuChaucer . Mr. Artin.

laiUm Reading oiì<froiluis>amk-£m ^ f, & h» ìQritmbm9tiTsàl^

w k '-sétu&j £ the
«» mifior.Tpojemsidh the Original vMiddiei ¡English; ; -withngrefcterqattention. ito the
literary itHam faitheiJiiiiguistkiiaspeotss: OpenVio-juniors andvseriiqrs,- b
.yethoT 'Io ^p ^int^tdemésder

'^5(Sîrii^FÔN'. Air. Blackburn.

lof* Miltori'srvvtwtksswith'L^arriCui&rviettipbhsis on
oi sir, paradise. Lost: &peïKïo-'ijunior8iandisènioïSi un
,.
_
57. M odern P oetry. Mr. Hynes.

.’ftlaoq ni eirnimse bna ¿.’A lum

Fall semester
■Poetry m English since the end of thé"nineteenth cênfury.1 Ôph¥o'yuniôrs and
orit îosenitwsq oilsmsib-non riailgnE n
tânnoQ ^pnbi2 jisgnsqS no gizEflqcno riiiw ^aiminsD rlinssinsvaa bnu dinss’txie
58. M o D E R N .& ra^qoJ^jC pB jS k0! .IbvrsM bna JiedieH siaSil&tëSSgmester
s>U*ss^
*^e techm o^jn^rgjtioQ f I n t h e fo«™ of fofigp, hçgjn nfrg yyith
Joyce. Open to juniors ana 'sehiors.
c £l 3oq oilnsmoiï rialignS lojam silt ni snsifsaat bns zsnbi lo ybnle A
60. Special T opics. Staff.

time to time intensive coursé^^fl'T)è 1’ôffëry8/<ïn 1fëfdlt'fii5t 2ô¥ered'by
dinaalrib» regular program.. Open only to juniors :and seniors. : :
61-62. Shakespeare ! Statt.^ ^ i0 T m
a

ull3rt 3! nfi£n01 da ^ÿaü Semester

11

study1of the complete works of ShaFSjjearhf traSS^th^dfeWtjpmehi o^Eis
craftsmanship andMdeas.m.Req.uired 'of. majors.fo the: departmerit,r.wbo meet
weekly in small groups during the first semester of' the senior years r.-Students
should read through the plays before taking the course.

aifii •

’'

63-64. P roblems of Literary, Study. Staff.

sarQ

eyislq

, S p rin g sem ester

s<pift»Bi*8$i®g&drf departmental raajpps>i!nothe ,8.ep^^
the! senior
year to review, integrate, and supplement ,i^ i r :,c®ajqr7rprqgiafflS'T:t Under
exceptional circumstances a student who has made application by May 15
r9Ì itisi junior yea^ffl^jfjjfeg^Hoy^d to(§ubstitete ^ .tljesi&t/A aO' É
a ai steri} lud .'lliaVTO bns ,wsrig .voririerD .naadl no ai aiasdqnte nism aril
n£M l ^ f s < W ® M 3
:
.tsiomoriqos lo i ylhsm .M " .bohsq nrobom

Prerequisites: The course requirements for a major in Honors are the same as
Trif'4"titeJP'r'fti''-course.
d ! The election of. one ¿or two additionaT courses in the sophomore year is highly
recommended.
For acceptance as a minor in the department, at least two semester courses are
^re^mred.'i1^®^ -’M
iff, the.departpiqnts-one of
which must be Chaucer, Shakespeare', or Milton. Minors ih R ^ p rs.m ^ y enroll
in any two or three seminars which seem best suited' to the purposes of their
twhafci p^ogra®. No student may take more than two:seminarscQi (Group' IK
1: Seminars : The followingReminars prepare forbxamination for a degree with
Honors :

;ay<ssft)£pti|»s3

.Satg .aHAaTsaJiAHg .

101. Sh AKBspeARETistaff; to namrissil oJ nsqo lopl .ayaiq rojam \o £ a c h Semester

A study of Shakespeare as dr^tq^i^b andipoftVjjThe^fflph^is :is,;0n ; thejmajor
plays, with a more rapid readirig.oif the remainder of the canon. Students are
advised to read through all the plays' before entering the seminar.
103 i ', CHaP cer . Mr. Artiqudoofl ,iM .HituTAitoTi.I hvitabatmoU
jA

F a ll semester

reading of Chaucer’s poems in the original'Middle English, with particular
attention to i r o i lu s a n d C riseyde and T h e C an terb u ry :T a le s . <

112

104. M ilton . Mr. Blackburn. g X H A H V 1I5

Spring semester

An examination of the poetic achievement of John Milton.
''
^
' J Spring semester
A study of comedy and tragedy in the Greek, Elizabethan, and modern periods
with a consideration.^ the, yarioujs fpf^ih esec^ R es tak^; |rpm one age to
another.

106. D rama. ii&!iSc£augh?UL

108. Renaissance B©BTRY,dMjss Snyderi m oaganon'i t x a t u z z Spring semester
Modes and preoccupations of English poetry, from Wyatt and Surrey through
e »Marvblh'

bns elnhq) tin oidqfiig bns gnilnisq piulqltDZ .siiibolubiB io onfjsv 31lonle^s
¿tnsidoTS hue *bodt\V F aH -'i $i !MRi8S

z 1uFhe Tnterestsjosensibility) and^literaryi^practiice .rofii.subh?fifeares- ass Drydeni
. , .--S\yafl, :Pespej hi^dmg.yjohtisopi:I

I ebia laueiv isui

j,
^ Fail'semester
.8B91B 980CU ni 3H/l:)9tirblS IO ■ j.qm.EX3
An examination of the ppetryof.BlakejW oydswnrthjCplerid^ Byron, Shelley,
n012frafl3J3jjg3ts!‘-S* 1 •; 3
amwaib m aaziuoD on ,zlua8 IsDinnoei qoleveb oi nEni lenjai zne ibubiv eni io
ei &i<?up<:M ,diow rbtra ni noiioirtienl

113. T he N ovel. Mr. Cowden.

.Jibeio

.maigotT shA oifenl2 erft ~‘Eaih‘itkiiSier

Studies in Four Novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and Woolf.
Fall semester
115. M odern C o ^ ik i^ W W i.JTEKA’SjREbMr. B e tM i^
i iUeinggthef;reahstic;.mcmerneat as.:austarting.-point, this?-semMar,cohsiders7>sfime
00njf the major rtheityes /an$fsphifq$0ghi<yattijudes :ie5?bedje§nin ,recent::literature
The „chief figures. studied, are Elauhert(iand.uZola,:.Tolstoy and Dostoevsky,
' iKailffi'andihfanh'v Joyce. atiq .Faulkner. " ‘
ll6v A m erican ’L iterature .* ■' M r.'Shackford. niahoM bit aliA :

Fall se)n.e-siir

A study of the themes, forms and aesthetic premises of sefectea whangs, and
jM rjre lsd jg m ^
tflrajjong ip jy^le^.thgyj-werej^ate^.^
■Wig. aMODBi^N'PSBliMW sMr. HjtftesltsqeQ edJ n*_ ( s 10 1 «tuv

;A siudy
to the’RF^W .£Tli'e

‘$p $in !j f is&iii$St'ei’

EnglJsK^ a iii i^^erijian ‘poetry ;ffom Yea^

i i F J SPECML!Topics iiTTiffiiüvftria. -Staff.. 0 *roi hsiulilediiz bd vsm eibsdleoA ni ißniraoe. s^ll £32.bd ißbaqe ni .Inoinlxßq^Cl
. ' O ccasion^
,ijnr special lielas. not .part,
crégp£f
: 32u1 ' ßfogi^tn. § $ P '

bfia elnobole sdl io ginsmsiinpoi sell ol gnibiODOfi '{isv idieornsii ^no {i\& ni o“i “no
120. T hesis.
.inomJisqoG

A njaipr, in.Honors
to write a th^i§~as^substitute, for<gK je p ija r .
m ® S f ® l O T i ^ ( S r c 8H a ^ ^ ^ p i s p P p ® ^ o r k l ^ ® ^ M e n t i ^ M ^ ^ W
by the end ofThS J ’fihi8F^ea¥:-'Thhh W ilbjpbhe 6sFift&fef bF^F^Snidrydift'
he writes his thesis under the direction of a member of the department,
with whom he has periodic consultations.
.OKtiJi .iM bne am ailiiW .iM .ladls Sffl ,i 3vl

.YÄOTÄlH TflÀ OX KOIT3 UOOÌ

sdl io emoldoxq obßd arfi oi
m o i iziri adì ni. nsvig zi noilßiabiz
-ßcnioi ^oiiqaonoo eli noqn oonèi/Bni io gioiosi adì fliß io ^Ìiow adì io ox
io eolqbniiq odi (.olo pimonooo {ißboe pidqßigoog) Inomqoiovob bnß ,
-ßln323iqoi io xadmnn bslimil A .eie^IenB io ebodlsm bnß t2 lnocftgb£j[ o
sdì nidliw boibule sia gnilnißq bnß toxnlqIiJD2 toiulD3lidDiß io eoiqmßjp
bdónboiq doidw edooqs Ißiulino bnß enoilßsüivb odi io Ix^lnoo Iboìk
.eorurrì Ißvoib^M bnß ^m oÄ bnß sooaxO flqyg3 inobnA :r
.xood oonaioinoD ^Hosw-id ono bnß
ß oiulooi io exnori oe
113

FINE ARTS
P ro fesso rs: R o bert M . W
H

edley

alker,

Chairman

H . R hys

A

s s o c ia t e

P r o fesso r : Jo

A

s s is t a n t

P r o f e s s o r : T im

hn

W . W

othy

il l ia m s

K. K

it a o

The aim of the Department is to study the historical-cultural significance and
aesthetic value of architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and
drawings). Methods and problems of criticism are considered: observation, analysis,
interpretation and evaluation. Instruction is given by means of original works of
art as well as by the usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private
collections in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington and to significant
examples of architecture in those areas.
Since it is the objective of the Department to foster an intelligent comprehension
of the visual arts rather than to develop technical skills, no courses in drawing,
painting and sculpture are offered for credit. Instruction in such work, however, is
available under the Studio Arts Program.
R e q u ir e m

ents

and

R e c o m m e n d a t io n s

Prerequisites: Majors in course and majors and minors in honors must take
two half-courses, one of which must be either Fine Arts 1 or 2. This require­
ment must be fulfilled before the Junior year. For other students the prerequisite
for all other courses is Fine Arts 1 or 2, Introduction to Art History, with the
exception of Fine Arts 38, Modern Architecture, which is open to Engineers with­
out any prerequisite.
Majors in Course: The program of a major consists of at least eight half courses
(including Fine Arts 1 or 2 ) in the Department. The courses supporting this
program depend on the needs of the individual student and may be found in both
the Division of the Humanities and the Division of the Social Sciences.
Majors and Minors in Honors: Majors in honors take four seminars in the
Department. In special cases the seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one
in Fine Arts. A minor in honors usually consists of two seminars. The seminars
offered in any one semester vary according to the requirements of the students and
the convenience of the Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in Fine Arts requires a knowledge of French and German.
C ourses

1. I ntroduction to A rt H istory. Mr. Walker, Mr. Williams and Mr. Kitao.

Fall semester
Consideration is given in the first four weeks to the basic problems of the
nature of the work of art, the factors of influince upon its conception, forma­
tion, and development (geographic, social, economic, etc.) the principles of
value judgments, and methods of analysis. A limited number of representa­
tive examples of architecture, sculpture, and painting are studied within the
historical context of the civilizations and cultural epochs which produced
them: Ancient Egypt, Greece and Rome, and Medieval France.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference hour.
114

2. I ntroduction to A rt H istory. Mr. Rhys, Mr. Williams and Mr. Kitao.
Spring semester

European and American architecture, sculpture, and painting from the fifteenth
century to the present day are studied from the same points of view and with
the same methods as in the first semester.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference.
11. D esign in D rawing and Painting . Mr. Rhys.

Fall semester
The basic elements of design and their function in drawing and painting.
Types of harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and special. The
methods of design and representation that characterize the various historical
styles. Practical exercises required demand no special technical aptitude, since
the purpose of the course is to develop a critical understanding of drawing
and painting and not technical skill.

13. A ncient A rt , Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of architecture, sculpture and painting as
expressing various cultural patterns of the ancient civilizations of Greece and
Rome.
16. Early M edieval A rt . Mr. Williams.
Fall semester
The formation and development of art and architecture in Europe and the
Mediterranean from about 300 to 1000 A.D.
17. Romanesque and G othic A rt . Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
The art and architecture of Western Europe from about 1000 to about 1350
A.D.
18. Italian Renaissance A rt . Mr. Kitao.
Fall semester
A study of painting, sculpture and architecture in Italy from 1400 to 1600.
Major attention will be given to the developments in Florence and Rome as
expressed in the work of the masters from Masaccio to Palladio.
20. N orthern Renaissance A rt . Mr. Walker,
Spring semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making
during the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in England, France, the Nether­
lands, Germany, and Spain through the study of individual artists such as
Jan van Eyck, Roger van der Weyden, Jean Fouquet, Albrecht Diirer,
Griinewald, Holbein, Jerome Bosch and Pieter Bruegel.
21. Baroque A rt . Mr. Kitao.
Spring semester
A study of European painting, sculpture and architecture of the 17th and early
18th centuries. Emphasis is given to the work of such major artists as
Caravaggio, Rubens, Bernini, Borromini, Poussin, Rembrandt, Velasquez, and
Christopher Wren.
36. A merican A rt . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial
Period to the present day, their connection with European art and their
significance as a reflection of American culture.
38. M odern A rchitecture . Mr. Walker
Spring semester
An introduction to the nature of architecture and the function of the architect
through a study of developments in European and American building during
the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries.' The specific influence of economic,
technological and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed
on the study of original examples in the Philadelphia area and on the work
of such men as Sullivan, Wright, Mies van der Rohe, Gropius and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite of Fine Arts 1 or 2 is waived for students in Engineering.
115

5.lieiMaBteihd?Aa&mNß;C MK Rhy&' ,iM .ysotziH thA. qt Kono-Sfm & iitm ster

Impbïtaïit stylistic developments in European painting from the French RevoluiA.tioMjthroùgh.Matissfcfiand Pi^àss/a:.: the -meanings o f , the: various movements
bandv theiJorelatii0pship?tOiiehâttgi!ng;",sôfii®l : and-, politicaL_nttitudes/j. ;
52. Far Eastern A rt . Mr. Rhys?s'1?' IT!38 }mi 3ili m
shorijeni '$f f f ng ^emest er
An introduction tò the history of pictor&l' arf 1in “ASia, ¿specially ’China and
.¿.Japan, from the earliesf(phasgsi and-origins .of .pictorial, ait Jp China ¿to-new
. moyements in Jhe .eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Iconography, stylistic
i!-G,V'n j‘deflriifio&f‘litid 1tHè! txé’àtrnérit o f 'forni;, colcifj-'an'd kpacëaS fhëÿ’ difffer from
^such ?cönfierfi§Jh -W Steffi _äff Vi Ih ïèheivélspécilf ®feäfJ8ffi18r
Operi ‘ofijy tfr Jfffiiofs Ind Senidrs ’Vhh‘Bave d*pféfèqmsifé! oPejfhfif' Fine Arts
1 <^PtçrV itif X tts ’ï .1• :
60. Senior Reading. Staff.

.Ubfe leaindoM ion bnn

a if e é ü i ?SMI0R T hesis. Staff.
irjrjMM1 ffj,f ^iî$8Y ÿ.?°f,

lo ilsW c i/ th A tvtiV-É® course
a. -thesis p^ay^be,,written (luring the

H o n o r s .„Sej ^ n a r s

^Q U ^A n m ^jT 4 ?'%ti>i^i'iiMfltes lia îo inomaoievob hna noilfifla ^ a^r'’-iemester
Classical Greek art and architéctÛSê Vithiri){hèjarf:histoìiffaÌ3C(Hitexfc®fìancient
civilizations of the Near Eaft.,
.103. M edieval Art. Mr. Williams.
'
- j^ // 'semester
The development of th h ’forms 'of Christian art'during the Middle Ages, with
special emphasis on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France. *
sUMr-rMife»R enaissance and M a n nk u ^ . - dMr.-'ffflba«.'*:u -x n r y n 'A w B ä tfrie m ifte r
I A study of aft and architecture in Italy from, the late 15th century to/the end
rno6f the I'AtfcoefitwiyztnSpepifit -emphäsis; is-.-gtgendtóii(a)-; the^àirt xrfhffhe High
Renaissante: 1asì represented^ byoRaphaehnMiChMaiigelo eahd'. tEram ante in the
Rome of Julius II, and (b ) the problems of Mannerism and anti-classical
' ' tendencies in centrai Italy.»;y.ìófcnN orthern :RbnaissÆngë‘iP aiisîtinb. Mr. Williams. nj ?.sr,:!'Sprm g'-sem ester
Developments in .pamling àhq.jhéjgrâjihic artsYof drawing, and p rifit1making
^'du^in g ith è fifteèn'.and ^sixteenth centufiea itoEriglafid, Frante, th e Netherlands,
m Gèrmanÿ,' afid“ Spain
ah','
such
as the Van Eycks,'¿Rogëf Van'deffWëya'ên, ^Jeföffie 'B&sCn,'PiètefEîuegél, Jean
. JFoj^»efc Martin Schongauer, Albrecht Dürer, Hans.. Holbein, apd:ElGreco,.r

^

r.lQ§. . THg^ARhQCiE.,. Mr.,Kitgp.,

,

S p rin g çem ester

: A studyiief-.th.e:Bayoque/styig}in:tarß.'and architectjjreuof Western,Europe with
. special,'emphastSiaOlitS'gettoSisfand dew§lopmenf;ïn-ROfae betyyeenrilSPO and
1660. Major attention will be given to Caravaggio,, ¡the iCa^facoji! Rubens,
Poussin, and Bernini.
107*. hlöDEkN Painting . Mr. Rhys.

.

’(<" 1 ' ?

l“

‘‘'~ P a u ‘sem ester

," ,Iipportant'.styljsiic de.yeiopmenfs;iffi É u f o p è a q . j x g J r p ö f l Ei ' ¡ Re v - ö l r i tion through'Matisse and Picasso;, the meanings-off the various movements
and their relationship to changing social ana political attitudes.'
dllRV^MAäfMi?Print M akers. Mr. W alfer?' *$4 .aauSDHTiaasA S f ^M g'-'semiSter
A çpn'Sidèfâfi^,W nçéftâin',pfôbl«nS> in the1 history!b f -thej:grà'phic: arts. A

;;; study of the’dgfil'fiîancéldffthë'Wôrk'jof'Süch'^ e r i âs:Schongauer, Durer,
Rembrandt, 'Goya,11Daumier.; Mubch and' RSdaWif fot thé' development of
expression ifir th é 'média cff''thenWôodCütb èngfâying,-Oétëhifïg, ! aquatint and
.'-'lithography. ’Studènti;-Vetri? alïiioSt êxclüsîvèly^Vith Original-material in the
Print Room o f 1the Philadelphia' Musëuftiîahd' thé LèsSÌng J.- RcisétiWald ColT -lection in Jenkintown. b 116

HISTORY
P rofessors -’: P a u l H. B eik
: J a m e s A ; F i e l d , J m , ' C hairm an
Laurence

F r e d e r ic k B . T
I

A

s s o c ia t e

i

D. L a fo r e *

Pro fesso rs: T

ollés

homas

N . B is s o n .

Ï Î a r r is o n

W R IG H T ^

' ■ ' A s s is t a n t !' P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t C . B a n n i s t e r
Jean

H. K

Jo h n G . W
: In s t r u c t o r : G

eorge

E. M

L e c t u r e r s : P eg g y K . K
T

s in g

Y

o p y t o f f ''

'

il l ia m s o n

r

cCu lly

orn

uan

The offerings of the History Department '¿iÈ0àes%ÜMofa' |ivè' fhéJ1stfdent a
sense of the past and an acquaintance with the course of cultural and institutional
deyelopm^ti^ ryfiiçb. j$s..lp;<>ught jforth the^wctf|^of^ o^ ^ |ê^dtat^^LsafflO- time
'ifcEfÉfijflavf 13ffiWj^5Srofwo33rwEr£Gp jbe
as it is with these ends, the study of history in cojlcg&cwhasize« .less'îthejgçgujnulation of data than, the, comprehension of those ideas and institutions—political,
religious, social1,^¿dhfâ&iè-^y wdiifch- fflàii hàls’attèmpfëd'tb1order his wdfld. '
The structure of the Department's program derives from the belief.“that: some
knowledge’o f European “history Since classical itÉMwBjwjÉWh^MIWlitw part of
a general education and a necessary prelude to furtfrèTnfiiifoiicM:ilweirK:!: History
1-2 is planned as an introduction to this subject, to thef;sàèfflo(fe àfld'ftfobléms of
the., historian, and to the;,study and use of historical materials; it is. a prerequisite
for all other departmental offerings except Courses 5, 6, 24, 35 and 36. Students contemplating further w’ôrk1!ihJthëJ Dephrtmënï- s$Bti}ifc if possible, take TÎiSfôry 1-2
in the freshman year; those whdiltœ e)rffie‘1c6îïfse às ^djihoiàbbés' m ay/if thEy have
successfully,completed,Hislpry./l, çleet, ,,an .additional .history -, course in the second
semester. Students who enter college with Advanced Placement in .European hustory
may,' with the permission of the
IT W f tfetOEg
12 for History 1-2.
T h e 'ooù'fsés open to sophomores, numbered 5 to 36, dèâfc1with ot®8héritage
from England, ; offer a choice of approaches tq,,t|ikç vihistogy;¡fpEj :Ahç,
-States,
and provide basic coyetagejof ,other important .broad aje%saijCg(MêSÎ5ies6*&
restricted to juniors and seniors, ate designed for more intensive and specialized
study 'of a variety of subjécfs.’!"*
The minimum requirement for acceptance.as,a major in history is the successful
completion of“1History- 1-2- and ;a';Satisfactory ’standard -'of work iff - other depart­
ments,.,. The,csyork of the major in, ¡Course .consists, o jn o t, less.thap .eight, opr more
than twelve,courses in the. Department, including History i- 2 , a course in American
history,:a course in Ehglish history, and Spècial!Topics|aWill® cÔfisi'défable*1latitude
is permitted' in the planning 'of individual! programs,*' it 'should' be nbtdd, thht the
Comprehensive Examination assumes some knowledge of these basic fields. For
those contemplating work in Honors, history can aeivei asLia m a jo r o r mirior
field: ip eith®; the ¡Humanities ,<a the, Social (Sciences or gs.-g bridge, in .cross-diyisional
programs! liodr ni boiobisnc;
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1966-67.

Students who are considering a major or minor in History Honors should give
timely consideration to the prerequisites of their other fields. Those who intend
to continue their studies after graduation should bear in mind that a reading
knowledge of one or two foreign languages is now generally required for admission
to graduate school.
C ourses
1-2. I ntroduction to H istory. Members of the department.

Full course
One of the basic courses in the curriculum. The subjects considered proceed
in generally chronological order from the fall of the Roman Empire to the
mid-twentieth century.

5. T he U nited States to 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Fall semester
The colonial experience; independence, a new society, and a new govern­
ment; transcontinental expansion and the struggle between North and South.
6. T he U nited States since 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.

Spring semester
Industrialism and its consequences; the United States as a great power; the
problems of a shrinking world.
7. A merican I ntellectual H istory to 1865. Mr. Tolies.

Fall semester
The history of ideas in the United States from the colonial period through the
mid-nineteenth century. A general knowledge of the political and social
history of the period is assumed.

8. A merican I ntellectual H istory since 1865. Mr. Bannister.

The history of ideas in the United States from the mid-nineteenth century
to the present time. A general knowledge of the political and social history
of the period is assumed.
Not offered in 1966-67.
11. T he F ormation of M edieval Civilization . Mr. Bisson.
Fall semester
The history of the early Middle Ages, from the Christian Roman Empire to
the eleventh century crisis of Church and State.
Spring semester
The period from about 1100 to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on Western
Europe in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.

12. T he M aturing of M edieval Civilization . Mr. Bisson.

13. Russia. Mr. Beik.
Fall semester
The history of modern Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter
and gives half its time to the period since the Revolution.
16 . England since 1558. Mr. Lafore or Mr. Williamson.

Spring semester
The development of constitutional government and the transition from an
agricultural and aristocratic nation to an urban and socialist one.

22. A merican Religious T hought . Mr. Tolies.

Spring semester
The course of religious thought in the colonies and the United States, with
appropriate reference to general intellectual history and American church
history.

24. Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical
setting.
Not offered in 1966-67.
118

26. Latin A merica. Mrs. Korn.

Spring semester

The development of the Latin American countries from colonial times to the
present.
32. T he Expansion of E urope . Mr. Wright.
Spring semester
A survey of European overseas expansion since 1413, and of its impact on
non-European societies. The emphasis is on South and Southeast Asia.
35. T he Far East in the N in eteenth Century . Mr. Yuan.

Vail semester
The impact of the West; internal disruption and adjustment; the beginnings of
nationalism and of the process of modernization.
36. T h e Far East in the T w entieth Century . Mr. Yuan.
Spring semester
The search for a new identity; the rise of militarism and imperialism in Japan
and of communism in China.
Fall semester
A double credit course of restricted enrollment which seeks, through intensive
investigation of a limited topic, to illuminate an important historical field.
A. The Middle Ages. Mr. Bisson.
B. The Nineteenth Century. Mr. Field.

51-2. Colloquium .

54. T h e Constitutional H istory of M edieval England . Mr. Bisson.
English society, law, and government from their origins to 1485.
Not offered in 1966-67.
55. Secularization and th e Seventeenth Century . Mr. McCully.

Spring semester
The 15th and 16th century secularization of thought and society and its
influence upon the 17th century.
56. T he French Revolution and N apoleon . Mr. Beik.
The significance of the period from 1789 to 1815 in the development of
modern European social theories and political institutions.
Not offered in 1966-67.
57. M odern E urope .

Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the
experiences of one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
A. Germany. Mr. Williamson.
Fall semester
B. France since Napoleon. Mr. Beik.
Spring semester
61. A merican D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field.
Fall semester
Official United States foreign policy considered as a part of the larger
problem of American participation in world affairs.
63. Britain

and

A merica, 1880-1920. Mr. Bannister.

Spring semester

An investigation, by means of a comparative approach to significant develop­
ments, of the nature and importance of the Anglo-American connection.
Stress will be laid on such topics as the rise of Liberalism and the causes and
consequences of the First World War.
65. A frica. Mrs. Kopytoff.

Fall semester

Aspects of African history and civilization with the emphasis on tropical
Africa in modern times.
119

®EW89¥*<- Special T opics.
.nictH .aiM .hoisi j'Sprmgi semester
o*GrtSujj ifleetihgs iiif’ieniOiiwajow i'ti“their final «¿taesterrto'rmeBc, integrate,
and supplement their programs. The readings and discussion center von the
development of historical writing from the Middle Ages to the present, and
the; relationship of the histofoahafoihis times Jri h<

no lojsqmi B)i io fine ,?lbl sinie noiznaqxe bjssbmvo nasqomS lo yavuiB A
” "Honors ' ShMNAffo
The following sémlhars1J tre offered1hÿ 1 the' Mépartmefif to jfihibfs' arid1 seniors
who are preparing for the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be
taken in any combination;Withbut regafd; teV chrOnOlogiCal-Ord'Cr; : History; Ü2 is a
prerequisite to all seminars. TA<ittHffi'cmVrSoffie2|)t:y iM iiffiySlrea3fngt5s'¥b^uifed for
seminars 101. 102, and^l03,,if tjo¡.work-in American, histoiy hasfoeen previously
elected.
Those who 'wish to specialize in1 mtërnàtiohal
ihkïtÿ^ ifo history
(see page 121 , last paragraph) should include in'Their programs at least three
ofvihe follovying seminars: 103, 126, 127, 131.
v2?1 i° ?n “o:> ow-';
semester
Political, economic,' social, and cultg^i;^spegts ^ /th g ^ ^ ^ iq fii'jirq p i the
explorations to the end of the Agighfa^fReyçJutipp) ,!<
102. Problems

in

American H istory, Mr. Banniste^o/, M ln Sfifoo

Both semesters

Selected topics ifa the history B Pih^^fifted ^ a tS I. ,w
.Yh-hSQI ni bmeffc loPl

103. P roblems in A merican H istory : F oreign . Mr. Field.
Spring semester
, A, SfwycPf the* evolution since T77o‘ hr American'fol'anons" with me oilier
' ‘ world, with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strategic developments.
?.ti boa ylsioos bna irignodi lo noiteshalnooB 'fniJnsj rile) I brifi ffi?l oriT
111 . M edieval English Constitutional H istory. ;!Mr. sBassonn ;;

The development of .society, law, and government to 148^.
Not offered in 19to-67.
lo inwnqobveb erii ni <N8I ol Q8U moil boneq orlt lo aons-jningiB sdT
112. T udor and STH9Q^ll(teDAi»;iiiifit.!JifcC!ilff'!.j la boa nsaqoi Spring semester

The English Renaissance and Reformation, conslit u'ti'oliah cicv'clopuVcnts, the
Civil War and the Restoration.
. .aaoRuff naaaoM X
Iipiiijftlm htnnim rni
^S IB iiani bus zmeidoiq r, .-; : Spring se?nester
The rishhf'tfihhfst'tfibderri^fndffsfnSi^sfefif:- K s^iM h'hblfficS lf’ahd^etSnomic
•» its ; problems.
•
Spring semester
'¿«oiTiuH ~~.cr *>/o j.cn d yf/oiiiiiM A It)
A study of the civilization th a t’nourished inW estern 1 Eufope DenVeen'the

121. M edieval E urope . Mr. Bisson.
i \Wvi
...
. hiari iXJ'

lagiis! eleventh andathe fourteenth, centuries::; nsi
122. T he Renaissance and Reformation . Mr. McCully.

Fall semester
T hohirtn of Modeth"JÊurepê àsseeii m such dè^etopih'ents''*a^TheiTecoVe^
,qf, clgsslçghqulforei;th^çr^is,p|fop,Qiurçhï.theirise;ofcpatfonal.tnpnarchiçs, and
foe origins of .modern science. ,

Ï 2I 16uxopb' 17$b TO*^ ¿70?' ¿tr.'
t^r^bliffW JaiH ^tb^ 0^D n 9iiiS^iWw*rtif
The disintegration of the old regime and the rise of liberalism.
sai «toi
.ttoiyqoA blM .a d ir i A .co
.125. Europe ; 1.870, to J,§3?^r MrsA;fÇo|iytoff gr Mr. ^illiam sog^
Bpth^ semesters
Political and social changes in Western Europe paon to the! Second World War.

120

126. D iplo m a tic H istory

of

E u r o p e . Mr. Williamson.

The m a n ag (^ e^ ^ ^ip tq rn ^ o n a lAafciK,s,inier A$7fL
Not offerecHfu'r9o6'-67^'JL''
®^®PK iftfc1Beilc.a
13,09 °J
CASpr$§;'&jnister
1 JThe p « g iiis\a n ^ ,co i^ ^ iic « inoi th e’^ijssisn/Rey^lp^ion. and the“^eye.l^jgjiient
* or'the nations ¥ ^'tiasf tientraTEuropd ^
i^ F lf iS K B # JMtoSB ’'Mrs! Eop}'toB.!|,' ' ;t 3::1
bsbeisE, 89tm»j F%IP%ekfester
Studies in African history with emphasis on theperiod since. J 800,^tfle ^region
south of the. Sahara, and the European, impact,
1‘ H

led} 5)SbJ yam Enoiism lrnonsm atni m ajfiiinesnoo oj naiw onw einepms eaon i
1*11. i'THisSf9.S(l9'1<l Eioabulg
; A thesism ay Be substituted 'fbr^ohe. of fhe, Honors seminar's .by, pCrrmtsion

'® H ld,nbi'Velk'®3t:an3..y^#8yed'J.B6fofi!lfhe

during'the’fit&t-sfefifeSfer

nnihdoB nthe'-sHniori. yearnsi]
.eonsnZ laoililoT to inemtiBqeQ 9tii to qidansrmififiD aril I9bnu
G raduate W ork
The Department of History ofeta.n^brkAieatling «tonfihe .MastebsaSMgre&ufhr
graduate students/who ■wish; t©0use. ,th e ,researchresourceS'''6f the’ Friends Historical
Library for a thesis. In additkiBofbyteith^A bK arariaidaie'S& rm gH ^aaliBaittifte
Honors seminars. For the general regulations.'::tQncerning,':thertMaster5s ?degr.eevsee
pages 69-70.
u
TMHMTOjaYaa dimomodK . n
• AIE8UX
aTOlUjS TO VIOIEKATXS aHT
■ T3AS aaE sh T
yroteiH ditamojti G viADiaaMA
adihtA

EoimonooE
.11 VlOlEïH
.££ yioleiH
.&£ yioliiH
.10 ytolsiH
.?& -yioliiH

III s\w<yȔ>
EMaTEYS dimoviodS aviTARATMoD là eoimonooS
TMaMvwavoO hvitahatmoD .51 aorta bB IaoililoE
emoitaM a n w o .ia v a a to editijo E .81 oonabS koililoE
editijo E Taivob ,Q1 900908 koiiiioE
aieA teaE to eoituo E qua TuaMMuavoO .0£ 9309138 IssililoE
YfloaHT ja d itu o T nnaaoM ,f? 9309108 IsobiioE
s J39l9E ol sidwEoq li baft Iliw msigoiq zionoH 9til rains ol nalq oriw ElosboiB ■
.znoilfilai iBOoiiBn-ialni to bbft aril ni antninreE b ar eseiuod to noilfioidmoD ndimia
9vilD9qEorq riaril to aBnnkrb adl riliw i Iueooo bluoria yaril .Emmgorq rbua gninmslq o l

.losmliBqsb rojam

t2 1

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this
examination should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed
below, including all of those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one
or more in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed
by the chairmen of the Departments of Economics, History, and Political Science,
under the Chairmanship of the Department of Political Science.

Group I
Political Science 12. I nternational P olitics
Political Science 13. I nternational Law and O rganization
Political Science 57-58. A merican F oreign P olicy
Economics 60. International Economics

Group II
Economics 11. Economic D evelopment
History 11. Russia
History 32. T h e Expansion of Europe
History 36. T h e Far East
History 61. A merican D iplomatic H istory
History 65. A frica

Group III
Economics 61. Comparative E conomic Systems
Political Science 15. Comparative G overnment
Political Science 18. P olitics of D eveloping N ations
Political Science 19. Soviet P olitics
Political Science 20. G overnment and P olitics of East A sia
Political Science 55. M odern P olitical T heory
Students who plan to enter the Honors program will find it possible to select a
similar combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman of their prospective
major department.

122

MATHEMATICS
P r o fesso r : H ein r ic h B r in k m a n n , Chairman
A ssociate P r o fesso r : D avid R o sen
A ssistant P rofessors : R o la n d B. di F ran co
Stev en s H ecksch er t
E u g e n e A. K lo t z
J. E dward Sk e a t h
I n st r u c t o r s : T hom a s W . H a w k in s
J am es T. W ood
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model
of a deductive science. On the other hand, the subject matter of mathematics
has for the most part arisen out of concrete applications to the physical sciences,
among which geometry occupies a central position. The courses offered in the
Department of Mathematics attempt to combine these points of view and to give
a picture of the power and beauty of the subject when studied for its own sake,
as well as its many relations to other fields of thought. The study of mathematics
is essential as a tool for the understanding of the principles of the physical sciences
and engineering; a knowledge of its techniques is indispensable for a successful
pursuit of these subjects. The same is becoming increasingly true in the biological
sciences and the social sciences.
The sequence consisting of courses 3-4, 11, 12 forms a possible preparation
for further work in mathematics as well as for work in physics and other sciences,
and engineering.
The sequence consisting of courses 5-6, 15, 16 forms a more rigorous prepara­
tion for further work in mathematics as well as for the sciences and engineering.
It is the preferable sequence for students who expect to major in mathematics or
who intend to apply for an honors program containing seminars in mathematics.
For students who intend to major in mathematics in course, the normal sequence
of courses is the following: Freshman year, courses 5-6; Sophomore year, courses
15, 16 ; Junior and Senior years, courses 13, 14, 51, 52, 55, these are required of
all majors in course. The completion of Physics 1 , 2 is strongly recommended.
In order to be admitted to honors seminars in mathematics, either as a major
or as a minor, a student must have completed courses 11, 12 or preferably 15, 16.
Mathematics 17-18 can be used for this purpose by suitably prepared Freshmen.
A junior honors student will normally take the seminar in Calculus on Manifolds
or the seminar in Advanced Analysis; these seminars are offered each year. The
remaining seminars are offered as they are required. An honors student whose
major is mathematics will usually take four seminars in mathematics; the following
seminars must form part of his program: Calculus on Manifolds, Modern Algebra,
Complex Analysis. Such a student must also take Physics 1,2 and it is furthermore
highly desirable that he have a reading knowledge of French or German.
1-2. I n tro d u ctio n to M a th em atics .
Full course
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with some of the
principles and fundamental concepts of mathematics. The main topics for
study will be an introduction to logic and sets, linear algebra, the basic ideas
of the calculus, with probability theory and statistics as an application.
Pertinent topics from algebra and trigonometry will be studied as needed.

t

Absent on leave, 1966-67.
123

The course is designed as a terminal course in mathematics and cannot be
used as a prerequisite foy ^ y fcqutse'«|Fered.by the Department of Mathematics.
3-4. First Y ear M athematics.
Full course
The subject matter óf this course consists of calculus cómhihéd with appropriate
material from analytic geometry.. .It is^,ffittQffuqtqty fPttfsfe and (as opposed
to Mathematics 5-6)' is aésìgtìecrfòf stuffefiís whose preparation is less extensive
and who_want a somewhat kss ,theoretical_ treatment of the subject.
Full course
The subject m atterei .‘thiscoursej consists of calculus and some material from
analytic geometry.. Tt.^s, ^(Vríntf°ductory course but the treatment of the
subject is mofé rigbróuá thánJ that given in Mathematics 3-4 and it requires
a somewhat better preparation on:the part of the. student.

5-6. F irst

11 , 12 . Second Y ear Mathematics.;!? i

. jaí
P*// course
In these courses the student continues the study of , calculus and analytic
,j’ geometry as begun in Mathematics 3-4. Some ‘work on differential equations
is included.
Prerequisite: Courses 3-4i ithesé courses must be passed with a grade of C
ni or better. . •

13. H igher G eometry . ,
Spring semester
Various kinds crf'igeogreteyii (mostly in the .plane.) t, will .be/.studied ■-in-? tjijs
»j cqursq,, lusiijg both., :analytic and.synthetic >methods: , A portion..of. .the, work
.„-wjlL deal with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other
‘ , 'geometries.'^he.'iornc'. sections ‘will be studied in sómeTdéfáií.^, This course
0 4snnof o'pfen’to fréshthéií éiàcépf by^SpeHaFpeiffifssion?'
Prerequisite: Course 14,,or Course .15, or permission of the instructor. ,
?.ol4. H igher A lgebra..
show iof zi lisw as aoiJamedlrm ni ? Pali semester
The subject matter of this course consists of various topics of3mödefh*äfgebÄ,
Such as groups,"rings,‘ and! fields,' N ote:that* linear algebra' is , studied in
Mathematics 15.
1
■ Prerequisite: .Course-1-2, or Course 15, or permission o f thè instructor. 1 ;
15;; 16 . Second Y ear M athematics (Advanced).
These courses follow Mathematics 5-6. The subject matter of Mathematics
.1 5 is lipear algebra and related topics. such as applications Co .analytic geometry.
In Mathematics. 16 .differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied.
, Prerequisite : Courses 5^6, passed with a grade of C or better.
Ì7V18. H onors Course in Calcul Íis. ?
■i' : i l§
? Pull course
. This course1isiTaesignedufor those Freshmen who obtain ; a score *o f ‘5 of ,. 4
on the Advanced Placement Examination in Mathematics. Students with
equivalent preparation may take this course by special permission.
22. N umerical M ethods.
. ..
Spring semester
g This j course will deal with I the: numerical solution 1of various mathematical
problems, pure and applied. A laboratory period will be included.
Prerequisite;' GoUrse 16 orpèrrtiissioniof the instructor, '.
5fc^¿2. Advanced A nalysis .

These courses deal with the differential and: integral calculus of .functions of
several variables. An introduction to the theory of functions iof a: complex
variable is .also given, The treatment is sufficiently rigorous to develop the
student's mathematical maturit y a n d : strengthen his understanding of the
v principles of analysis, iemonog
Prerequisites: Courses 11 , 12 or 15, 16 or 17-18. These c o u r s e s m u s h be
passed with a grade of C or better.
C l lll

54. P robability and Statistics .
This course deals)with tiie mathematical ¿heojcyi of„statistics.,based upon a
" j study of the theory of probability^ Ah introduction to the theory of sampling
■ and statistical inference will be, given.
Prerequisite;’) Course 51 ■which may be taken- concurrently.
Spring semester
A weekly meeting held for the purpose of integrating arid suppleihentirig fhe1
course ■program of majbrs'in this department).' ft'is required or all majors in
sine the course program.

55. Se n io r C o n f e r e n c e .

60. R eading C ourse in M ath em atics .
This, course is to, provid^ an opportunity for students to do special work in
fields not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work
consists in the preparation of papers requiring extensive and detailed examina;1 tion of the literature of a problem.
' 1
J« H o n o rs Sem in ars
101. C alcu lu s

Fall semester

M a nifolds .

on

The subject matter of this seminar includes. the differential and integral
calculus of functions of several variables as well as topics from' the theory of
infinite series.
102. T opology .

'

. .gBO^om lo m bi

P

[■

Spring semester

This seminari is intended -to bridge the gap between Advanced Calculus and
certain topics in abstract mathematics. The topics covered will vary from
year to year and may include such items as; Point set topology with some
applications to functional analysis, homology and homotopy theory.
103. A dvanced A nalysis .

Fall semester

This seminar is planned for students who have mathematics as a minor and
who wish to have just one seminar in analysis. It is part of the Honors
Program in Engineering Sciences. Among the subjects studied are functions
of several variables, infinite series, uniform convergence of infinite processes,
Fourier series, differential equations of the first order, linear differential
equations, Bessel functions.
104. M odern A lgebra .
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties of such formal systems
as groups, rings, fields and vector spaces. While these concepts will be
illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract
nature of the subject. The student will thus be introduced to an important
aspect of modern mathematics.
105. C o m ple x A nalysis .
A brief study of the geometry of complex numbers is followed by a detailed
treatment of the Cauchy theory of analytical functions of a complex variable.
Various applications are given and some special classes of functions, such
as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of
Weierstrass are briefly considered.
Prerequisite: Seminar 101.
106. T h eo ry

of

N u m bers .

Among the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of
integers, the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain
classical Diophantine equations, simple examples of fields of algebraic numbers.
325

107. F unctional Analysis .

This seminar is intended for students of some mathematical maturity, and
will be an introduction to some material that is important in present-day
mathematics. Topics covered will include axiomatic set theory, topological
and metric spaces, measure theory, topological groups, and elements o f the
theory of Banach and Hilbert spaces.
108. Symbolic Logic.

This seminar is given by the Department of Philosophy. A description of it
will be found under the offerings of that department. It may be presented
as part of the mathematics program in Honors.
109. P robability and Statistics.

The purpose of this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary
for an understanding of the mathematical analysis of statistical data. In
addition the modern development of this subject provides a valuable applica­
tion of the concepts and techniques acquired in the study of advanced calculus.
The topics treated include: the axiomatic approach, the use of Stieltjes integrals,
correlation and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory, and
a short introduction to the theory of statistical estimation.
113. G roup Representations .

The purpose of this seminar is to introduce the student to important aspects
of modern algebra through the study of the specific problem of group repre­
sentations. The emphasis will be on the classical case: finite groups, with
the characteristic not dividing the order of the group. Although considerable
care will be devoted to developing the appropriate algebraic background, a
good knowledge of several areas of modern algebra will be required.

126

MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
P rofessors: Frédéric J. G rover (French) ■
Franz H. M autner (German)
Francis P. T afoya, Chairm an (French)
Associate Professors: H ilde D. Cohn (German)
O lga Lang (Russian)
J ean A shmead Perkins f (French)
A ssistant Professors: Elisa A sensio (Spanish)f
G eorge C. Avery (German)
T hompson Bradley f (Russian)
Robert Roza (French)
I nstructors: Simone V oisin Smith f (French)
Marie J ose Southworth (French)
V isiting Lecturers: Frances de G raaff (Russian)
Robert P. N ewton (German)
Michael O ssar (German)
H elen P. Shatagin (Russian)
The Department of Modern Languages and Literatures aims to give its majors a
comprehensive view of the literature and culture represented by these languages,
in relation to other humanistic studies. Literature courses listed in the separate
sections are conducted in the language concerned, and achieving an active command
of the spoken and written language is always one of the aims.
The elementary and intermediate courses are designed to prepare the students
for advanced work in literature as well as to meet college and departmental require­
ments. It is possible with supplementary work, to major or to enter honors seminars
in a language started in college, but elementary and intermediate courses (numbered
1 to 4) do not count toward the minimum of eight half courses required of a major.
Prerequisites and recommended subjects for majors are noted under the listing
of each language section.

M odern Language Course (conducted in English)
13.

M edieval Comparative Literature .

The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the literature
of the Middle Ages.

M odern Language Seminar (conducted in English)
Spring semester—even years

130. Linguistics.

I. The basic techniques of descriptive linguistics (phonology, morphology,
syntax) with emphasis on their application to languages known to the par­
ticipants; II. The methods and results of historical-comparative language
study; other topics (such as language typology, translation problems, semantics,
language and culture, histories of linguistics) may be covered, depending on
time and students' interests.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.
* Absent on leave, 1966-67.

127

French
All studehfs offferiflg'Frericn fd r’emrailcexare jplacea at tire level 'Vrfeie ihey will
presumably profit best by t ^ e j j u r ^ a^Qrding to^heij i^tjMvin JtheQollpge.JEntrance
Examination or a test given' by the ’departmentj 1
French may .be offered as a .majpr in course gr as va major or minor in honors
work. Prerequisite3 and i K ^ f f l a i a e a l s u p ^ ' t i h g t h e same for both
course and honoys., stndgnts, and, are as ¡folloyKs:;
Required:
French 6} i 1, ahdT-l® bii wfdeMSw-equivalent work.
Recommended supporting: subjects: 2A .
History dffFralilfc^Hfsifttf^df Mode® Philosophy, Psychology, courses in other
literatures,; Fine: Arts,: Music, i ;/ o h F
Majors in course'dhd' hohor^“fis'%fflJas4fiinors in honors, are expected to be
sufficiently proficient in fsppl;en and -.wn^ten, -Frensh igr,do..all pf jffieir.wqrk m- French,
i.e., discussions and:papeys in courses and7seminars',vah a alfforarahd written ex­
aminations, including’;fi6ii}preheiisiVi? Wd'hontif^exateiiiations.
N o t e : Not: all’ adVanced courses- are offered! evOi^ 3year,-1 Stude'rtts wishing a
major or minorrWfEreifch :shcssM'.Maditb®irrffofirse carefully in advance with the
department in order tq;igOt3iC)ye|l. roupded,pfqgr^.m.

Courses

1- 2.

Elementary F rench ! 1

. For students who begin French in College:, and, :fort those who have, had only
Kmone year in high school. Equivalent to. two,., yeaig’ French: in- high school. The
initial approach is pral butca fojjndatipri if lar.d.fgr.rajrs^fling.knq-wiedge.^.¡Nocredit, is given for French 1 alone.
sri) oiaqsiq ol fcongieeb eia aaeiuos aJsibamtaini bus yisinemsla srfT
3-,^ i ‘itlNTBRM>EDt»TE;F R E N C H ,.>» ! : ot zb Ifaw zb aiuiEiaiil ni show
,For students who have jiadjFrench' Itlf.or i(sT equivalent (2 yeais1French in'
.
'’Studefits!'wfib‘,bha^ri&ad‘thfee 3yeaih!'ih!:
1 Onter French 4. Grammar is reviewed. Reading is from contemporary literajiaifurei :in French editions awithout- notes jos avocabulary!,. Every, effort...js-j itnade
to help the student to increase his vocabulary and tfbi4i§§u#Sis,?dSi!
read in the French language. Completion of French 4 satisfies the language
requirement/ ..JljigjMrn^lL coi^te,, to \foil!WT<Frf nl:^A^-'i?'Pren^H'Ji4ri\<(®ot^
courses are offered in the raff senidstdr.iv
5. Advanced Composition and pflJiBSii?®3*

Emphasis is placed on syntax, translation and composlfign’. An effort is made
to encourage fluency and to correct faulty pronunciation. (Does not count
towards a French imajor.)1/:
vt& t Studies in Stylistics:.

For maj ors or /those who Wish j an' advanced course:to develops setf-expression
in the written and oral -language: *Original compositions' are based bh-aPstylistic
-study of •texts (by representative -French;'authors) from the -XVIIth Century
—do the present. ni
H , 12. I ntroduction to Literature .

In Course 11 the transition is made from reading as.,an aid to language learning
to the consideration of literary values. The material1-iS- selected from works
128

of the nineteenth itnd twentieth centuries, but it is not a systematic survey
course.
Prerequisite: French 4 or equivalent. (Offered each semester.)
In course 12 the treatment is more historical with selected readings from the
Middle Ages to the eighteenth century. (Offered each semester.)
14. L’H umanisme D e La Renaissance .

The evolution of French prose and thought from the optimism of Rabelais
to the skepticism of Montaigne.
15. Le T héâtre C lassique.

Corneille, Racine, Molière.
16. Le Classicisme.

The major writers of the 17th century, excluding the dramatists: Descartes,
Pascal, La Fontaine, Boileau, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyère, Mme. de La
Fayette.
17. Le 18e Siècle .

The development of narrative prose and the theatre in the works of Mont­
esquieu, Prévost, Marivaux, Voltaire, etc.
19. Roman du 19e Siècle .

Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola, and others.
20. Roman du 20e Siècle .

Representative 20th century novelists.
21. T héâtre M oderne .

The theater since thé classic period.
22. P oésie Lyrique .

Poets of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance.
23. P oésie Lyrique .

Poets of the modern period.
52. Special T opics. (For senior majors.)
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors and to supplement
their selection of courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of
comprehensive examination but to give an opportunity in the senior year for
the student to see his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships
with work in other fields.
H o n o rs Sem in ars
100. Littérature du M oyen A ge.

Old French readings in lyric poetry, theater and fiction.
101. La R enaissance .
102. Le T héâtre C lassique.

Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. L’Age des Lumières .

The "Philosophes,” the theater and the novel of the eighteenth century.
104. Stendhal and F laubert .
105. P roust.
129

106. P oésie M oderne .

Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Valéry.
108. Le Roman du 20e Siècle .

While some honors seminars treat the same subject as the courses, the
reading required is more extensive both in the texts and in critical material. The
work of a seminar corresponds to two half courses.

German
All students offering German for entrance are placed at the level where they
can presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College
Entrance Examination or a test given by the department. As far as possible,
German is the language of the classroom, with the exception of German 7-8.
German may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors
work. Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both
course and honors students and are as follows:
Required:
German 11 or 12. Introduction to German Literature or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Courses in other literatures, History of Philosophy and of Germany, Fine Arts.
Majors are expected to speak German with sufficient fluency to take part in
discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass oral examinations in
German.
N ote : Since not all advanced courses and seminars are offered every year, stu­
dents wishing a major or minor in German should plan their course of studies
carefully in advance with the department in order to get a well-rounded program.

Courses
1-2. E lementary G erman .

For students who begin German in college. Equivalent to two years’ German
in secondary school. Fundamentals of grammar; easy literary prose, such as
Max Frisch, Brandstifter or Schnitzler, Der blinde Geronimo.
N ote : German 2 is usually also offered in the fall semester for students
not ready for German 3.
3. I ntermediate G erman .

Prerequisite: German 1-2 or its equivalent. Narrative and expository prose
of moderate difficulty such as Hesse: Knulp; Brecht: Kalendergeschichten;
Schweitzer: Leben und Denken. Review grammar.
4. I ntermediate G erman .

Fulfills the college requirement. Literary narrative, drama, poetry, expository
prose of greater difficulty, conversation. Some grammar review.
Prerequisite: German 3 or equivalent.
6. W riting and Speaking G erman .

Composition and conversation in connection with contemporary literature.
Prerequisite: Course 3-4 or equivalent.
7—8. Elementary G erman (Special Reading Course.)

A special course designed for those who wish to acquire only a reading
knowledge of German. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requirements
130

of certain departments or of graduate schools, but not the college foreign
language requirement.
l l , 12. I ntroduction to G erman Literature .

A study of representative German dramas, Novellen, and lyric poems. Dis­
cussion, papers. Not a survey course.
Prerequisite: German 4 or equivalent.
Course 11 deals mainly with 19th and 20th century authors, course 12 with
the classical period.
13. D ie G oethe -Z eit .

The most significant works of Goethe, Schiller, and their contemporaries.
14. G oethes Faust, Erster und Z w eiter T eil .

An intensive study of Faust, I and II. Also for students who only know
Faust, Part One.
15. D ie D eutsche Rom antik .

An introductory study of the Romantic movement in Germany, with readings
from representative authors such as Hölderlin, Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano,
Eichendorff.
16. D ie D eutsche N ovelle Seit G oethe .

A study of significant examples of this typically German genre. Authors:
Goethe, Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, Storm, Thomas Mann,
Kafka, Brecht.
17. M oderne D eutsche Literatur .

A study of leading German writers of the twentieth century, including Haupt­
mann, Thomas Mann, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Kafka.
18. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .

A study of German poetry through the ages. The interrelation of form and
"contents." Readings will include, among others, Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin,
Eichendorff, Heine, Mörike, Meyer, George, Rilke, and contemporary poets.
20. D ie D eutsche K omödie .

Outstanding comedies from Goethe to the present time will be studied in
their own right, as examples of the genre, and as illustrations of German
intellectual history.
21. Kafka .

A study of the novels and of a representative selection of the shorter prose
works. Emphasis on literary analysis. Supplementary readings from Kafka’s
letters and journals.
Class discussion and papers. Prerequisite: German 11 or equivalent.
51. Special T opics.

Readings selected to fit the specific needs of students with an advanced
knowledge of the German language. Not designed to prepare for any specific
type of comprehensive examination.
H o n o rs S em in ars
101. Literatur des M ittelalters .

Elements of Middle High German grammar as introduction. A study of
mediaeval epics and other poetry, especially Nibelungenlied, Parzival, Tristan,
Minnesang, and Walther von der Vogelweide.
131

103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklaerung .

A study of German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
The lyric poetry of the period, the mysticism of Angelus Silesius and Jakob
Böhme, the plays of Gryphius, and the prose of Grimmelshausen; a study of
Lessing.
104. G oethe .

Goethe’s most significant works and his role in German intellectual history
will be studied.
105. D ie D eutsche Rom antik .

Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thinking, and
the arts of the first third of the nineteenth century. Authors: Hölderlin,
Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano, Eichendorff.
106. "B iedermeier" und "R ealismus .”

Studies in the works of Grillparzer, Mörike, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, and Storm.
Emphasis on the novelle.
107. D eutsche Literatur Seit 1900.

The chief writers from naturalism to expressionism: Hauptmann’s dramas;
Thomas Mann’s prose; Rilke’s poetry; Hofmannsthal’s prose and poetry;
Kafka; Brecht.
108. D as D eutsche D rama .

Representative examples of the dramatic genre in German literature from the
end of the 18th century to the present.
109. D ie D eutsche K omödib.

Outstanding comedies from Goethe to the present time will be studied in
their own right, as examples of the genre, and as illustrations of German
intellectual history.
HO. D ie D eutsche N ovelle .

A study of significant examples of this typically German genre. Authors:
Goethe, Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, Storm, Thomas Mann,
and contemporary writers.
i l l . D ie D eutsche Lyrik .

Studies in German poetry. Methods and problems of interpretation.

Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in Honors
work. Prerequisites and recommended subjects are the same for both course and
Honors students.
Required: Russian 11, 12. Introduction to Russian Literature, Russian 13,
Russian Novel.
Recommended supporting subjects: Russian History, The Soviet System.
Recommended for minors in Honors: Russian Novel, Russian History, The Soviet
System.
Pull course
Designed to familiarize the beginner with the essentials of the spoken and
written language. Fundamentals of grammar and reading of easy literary prose
and poetry.

1-2. E lementary Russian.

132

3, 4. I ntermediate R ussian .

Readings in Russian literature and history. Review of grammar. Conversation.
Reports. Composition. Translation. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2 or its equivalent.
5,

6. Advanced Russian .

For majors and those who are not primarily interested in literature. Advanced
conversation, composition, style and translation. Readings of newspapers and
Russian dramas. Conducted in Russian.
ll, 12. I ntroduction to Literature .
A study of Russian classical and modern short stories and poetry. Intensive
work in translation and composition. Reports. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 5, 6 or its equivalent.
13. Russian N ovel.

Lectures and reading in English. The Russian majors will be required to
read a part of the material in Russian.
51. Special T opics.

Readings selected to fit the specific needs of students.
H o n o rs Sem in ars
(Open to majors in course.)
101. T olstoy.
102. Chekhov and G orky.
103. P ushkin and Lermontov .
104. D ostoevsky.

Spanish
All students offering Spanish for entrance are placed at the level where they will
presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance
Examination or a test given by the department.
Spanish may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors
work. Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both
course and honors students and are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 12 Introduction to Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Introduction to Philosophy, Psychology, English or other foreign or classic
literature, Fine Arts, Music, South American History.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in dis­
cussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive
or oral honors examination in Spanish.
C ourses
1-2. E lementary Spanish .

For students who begin Spanish in college. Equivalent to two years Spanish
in high school. The emphasis is both on the spoken language and on reading.
133

3,4. I ntermediate Spanish .

For students who have had Spanish 1-2 or its equivalent (two years in high
school). Students who have had three years usually enter Spanish 4. Grammar
is reviewed. Reading is from Spanish and South American literature with
emphasis on increasing the student’s vocabulary and his ability to discuss his
reading in oral and written Spanish.
9. Advanced Composition and D iction .

For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis
is not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and
to improve self-expression in the language both oral and written.
11,12. I ntroduction to Spanish Literature .

Representative texts of modern Spanish and Latin American writers. Conducted
in Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish.
13. E l T eatro M oderno .

Plays of the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .

Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Yáñez in Mexico.
15,16. Las O bras de Cervantes.

Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. (A year course giving a thorough study
of Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
17. La P oesía en el Siglo X X .

A study of the major poets of Spain and Latin America since modernismo.
18.

La N ovela en el Siglo X X .

A study of the major novelists since the Spanish Civil War.
19. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .

Representative authors of the Siglo de Oro, excluding Cervantes.
52. Special T opics for Senior M ajors .

Readings selected to fit the needs of seniors and to supplement their selection
of courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive
examination, but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student
to see his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships to work in
other fields.
S e m in a r s

101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102. La N ovela en el Siglo X X .
103. Las O bras de Cervantes.
104. El T eatro M oderno .
105. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .

106. La P oesía

en el

Siglo XX.

107. La Literatura de la Edad M edia .
N ote : W hile the titles of seminars in Spanish correspond to the titles of courses, honors
students read more extensively both in the texts and critical work. The work of a seminar
corresponds to that of two half courses.

134

MUSIC
A

s s o c ia t e

P r o f e s s o r s : C l a u d io S p ie s *
P e t e r G r a m S w i n g , Chairm an

In s t r u c t o r : Ja m e s D . F r e e m
Lecturer: A
V

is it in g

A

rthur

s s o c ia t e s

K

an

omar

in

P

erfo rm an ce:

G il b e r t K a l is h
Pa u l Z ukofsk y

The study of music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory,
history and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the under­
standing of music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses and
seminars train the student to work with musical materials, to understand modes
of organization in compositions, and to evolve methods of musical analysis. History
courses and seminars introduce students to methods of studying the development of
musical styles and genres, and the relationship of music to other arts and areas of
thought. Performance is assumed as part of the training in understanding music
and is included in classroom work. While the Department does not give course
credit for instruction in instruments or voice, it encourages its students to develop
performing skills through private study and through participation in the orchestra
and chorus, both of which are conducted by members of the Department. Members
also coach individual performers and chamber music groups organized by the students
for Bond concerts and other public performances They also hold informal chamber
music readings at home.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College
with a major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission from the Depart­
ment and the Dean, elect a five-year plan of study, thus reducing the normal number
of courses to be taken per semester.
R e q u ir e m

en ts fo r

M

a jo r s a n d

M

in o r s

One full course in Theory is prerequisite for acceptance as a major. Majors
will normally take three full courses (including Music 61-62) in Theory, four
half-courses (including Music 15,16) in History. All seminars are open to qualified
course students for double-credit. Music 1 cannot be counted in a major program.
Majors in Honors: A student planning to major in honors should plan to take
Music 11-12, 13-14 and 15,16 (or the equivalent) in the first two years. If he
takes all three courses he will stand for three honors examinations in music. A
student who is excused from one of the three introductory courses (by demonstrating
competence on an examination given by the Department) can elect to stand for four
honors examinations in music. He will take Music 61-62 in course, preferably in
the junior year, in preparation for an honors examination on the material covered.
Minors in Honors: A minor in honors will normally stand for two examinations
in music. Music 15 or 16 and a full course in Theory, is prerequisite for History
seminars. Music 1 may, with permission of the department, be substituted for the
Theory course.

)

* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1966-67.

135

Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in music requires a reading knowledge of French and German. A reading
knowledge of Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work
in musicology.
Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music will be expected to play a
keyboard instrument well enough to perform at sight a two-part invention of
J. S. Bach and a first movement of an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata.
By the end of the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores
as well as vocal music in four clefs. Students with exceptional proficiency in an
instrument other than the piano or in singing will not be expected to meet the
performing standards of pianists.
The basic piano program: Music majors, and also freshmen and sophomores plan­
ning to major in music, are eligible for individual instruction in the basic piano
program. This program, administered by the Department, is designed to develop key­
board proficiency to a point where the student can effectively use the piano as a
tool for study. It is further designed to help students meet the keyboard require­
ments outlined above. No academic credit will be given for work in the program.
C ourses

and

Sem in a rs

1. I ntroduction to M usic . Mr. Freeman.

Each semester
A course combining study of the materials of music with training in listening.
Students will work with a selected repertory of compositions from different
eras. The course assumes no prior work in music.
Open to all students.
T h eo ry

and

C o m po sit io n

11-12. H armony . Mr. Komar.
Full course
A course in elementary Harmony. Emphasis will be placed on written exercises
along with ear-training, dictation and keyboard harmony. Frequent reference
will be made to a variety of keyboard and chamber compositions which will
be carefully analysed.
13-14. Counterpoint . Mr. Freeman.
Full course
An introductory course offering training in Modal Counterpoint with
reference to sixteenth-century practice, and in Tonal Counterpoint with
specific reference to the style of J. S. Bach. Students will be required to
submit exercises at regular intervals. Toward the end of the course they
will compose several two-part Inventions. In addition,to exercises there will
be analyses of a variety of compositions for vocal and instrumental media.
This course may be taken concurrently with Music 11-12.
61-62. I ntermediate T heory . Mr. Komar and Mr. Spies.

Full course

A continuation of Music 11-12 and 13-14 covering specialized areas of Har­
mony, Counterpoint and analysis.
Prerequisites: Music 11-12, Music 13-14, or the equivalent.
H o n o rs Sem in ars
163. A dvanced T heory . Mr. Spies.
181. Composition . Mr. Spies.
Offered as a tutorial to qualified students. Prerequisite: Music 61-62.
136

H istory

of

M usic

15. I ntroduction to th e H istory of M usic . Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
The history of music in Western civilization from the Middle Ages to 1750.
(Music 15 will normally be offered in the fall semester.)
Prerequisite: Music 1 (or the equivalent).
16. I ntroduction to th e H istory of M usic . Mr. Freeman.
Spring semester
A continuation of Music 15 covering the period from 1750 to the present.
Prerequisite: Music 1 (or the equivalent).
Not offered in 1966-67, offered 1967-68.
22. Contemporary M usic . Mr. Spies.

Spring semester
An examination of a selected number of compositions by a few important
composers. The course will not encompass all twentieth century trends, and
will not seek to be an inclusive survey. Rather, it will deal with works
that represent mastery in our century. Much music will be listened to, some will
be performed in class, and scores will be studied. A reading knowledge of
music is essential.
Open to students with permission of the instructor.

27. J. S. Bach. Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
A study of representative compositions (including the Mass in B minor and
the Passion according to St. Matthew') coordinated with readings in primary
and secondary sources. A reading knowledge of German is desirable, but
not essential.
Music 22 and 27 are designed for students who have taken Music 1, or a
course in theory wishing to do further work in special areas or music history.
They can be counted for credit in a major-in-course program.

H onors Seminars
122. Studies in T w entieth Century M usic . Mr. Spies.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 and 13-14.

Spring semester

128. W . A. M ozart. Mr. Swing.
Ball semester
A study of representative works in the light of modern style criticism. A
reading knowledge of French or German is desirable.
132. H istory of th e String Q uartet . Mr. Swing.

Spring semester
This seminar traces the development of the string quartet from the middle
of the 18th century to the present through study of selected quartets by Haydn,
Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Brahms, Bartok, Schoenberg, Webern, and Carter.

151. M edieval and R enaissance M usic . Mr. Swing.
Ball semester
Aq introduction to the study of music from the 9th century to the middle
of the 16th century. Emphasis will be placed on analysis of selected com­
positions, related problems in performance practice, the function of music in
the Catholic liturgy and the relationship of music to the thought and art of
the times.
152. Music in the Baroque Era. Mr. Freeman.
Spring semester
A continuation of Music 151. The emergence of opera, oratorio and cantata
in Italy and their dissemination over the Continent; the development of
idiomatic instrumental music.
191 . T utorial . Staff.

137

PHILOSOPHY A N D RELIGION
P ro fesso rs : M o n r o e C. B eardsley , Acting Chairman
J o h n M . M oore
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : J er o m e A. Sh a f f e r
P. L in w o o d U rba n
A ssistant P r o fesso r : H a n s O berdiek
I n s t r u c t o r s : C h a rles R a f f
R ichard Sc h u l d e n f r e i
L e c t u r e r : G il m o r e St o t t
V isitin g L e c t u r e r : W illia m G in n a n e * * *
The study of philosophy consists in examining the beliefs to which one is com­
mitted by accepting scientific knowledge and common-sense views of the world;
clarifying basic concepts; determining the circumstances under which statements
may properly be said to be true in all fields of human inquiry and concern, including
ethical and aesthetic discourse; and drawing the outlines of an account of human
experience coherent with the evidence of the sciences. Because of the role of
philosophy in the history of human thought, and because of the relation of
philosophical ideas to problems in other fields, philosophy may be studied as
instrumental to the understanding of wider areas of history or thought.
Religion is studied primarily as a system of ideas, both ethical and theological:
systematically, through a consideration of representative forms of contemporary
religious thought; and historically, through an examination of the great religions
and the development of religion, particularly of the Judaeo-Christian tradition.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R e c o m m en d a tio n s
f o r M a jo r s a n d M in o rs
The minimum prerequisite to admission as a major in either philosophy or
religion will normally be the completion of one year’s work in the department.
Students who major in philosophy must obtain permission in order to count for
credit in fulfillment of their major requirement more than one course in religion;
and students who major in religion must obtain permission in order to count for
credit in fulfillment of their major requirement more than one course in philosophy.
(Courses 25, 26 and 27 may be counted either as philosophy or as religion.)
Philosophy majors in course must elect course 52 in their senior year, and are
normally required to take courses 11, 12, 13, and 14. It is recommended that
course 12 be taken before the middle of the junior year, and that course 13 be
taken by the end of the junior year. Honors majors who do not take course 12 must
acquire familiarity with the material by summer study.

Philosophy Courses
1. Introduction to P hilosophy . The staff.
Each semester
Several of the most important problems of philosophy, and alternative
answers to them, are discussed. Typical examples are: the problem of free
*** Spring semester, 1966-67.

138

will, the arguments for the existence of God, the nature of logic and mathe­
matics, the sources and kinds of knowledge, the justification of ethical judg­
ments.
N o t e : Course 1 is a prerequisite for course 11 and courses 13 through 27.
Other courses may be taken in any order that is convenient. Members of the
department will offer advice on request concerning an order of courses to suit
individual needs. Students planning to do honors work should not take courses
dealing with material to be covered in honors seminars.
11. Ethics . Mr. Stott.

Each semester
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of
their justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works of leading ethical
philosophers, both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations
of the major theories.

12. L ogic. Mr. Oberdiek.
Fall semester
An introduction to the principles of deductive logic; the methods of both
traditional logic and modern symbolic logic will be used in the evaluation
of deductive arguments. Some attention will be given to the axiomatic develop­
ment of logic, as well as to informal topics such as the fallacies of relevance
and ambiguity, and to definition.
13. Selected M odern P hilosophers Mr. Ginnane.
Spring semester
The history of modern philosophy, with primary attention given to the
problem of the foundations, scope and limits of human knowledge, as
examined by Descartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant.
14. A ncient P hilosophy . Mr. Raff.
Fall semester
The main emphasis will be on Plato and Aristotle, with some treatment of the
pre-Socratics as background. Primary attention will be given to metaphysical
and epistemological issues.
15. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Schuldenfrei.

Spring semester
A consideration of the nature of scientific inquiry through a study of its funda­
mental concepts, among them theory, evidence, explanation, causation, induc­
tion. Emphasis will also be given to the distinctions between empirical and
hon-empirical science and between scientific and non-scientific inquiry.

16. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Ginnane.
Spring semester
A study of contemporary discussions of fundamental problems, such as the
theory of meaning, the foundations of knowledge, the perception of physical
objects, the nature of the self. Readings in the articles and books of major
living philosophers, including Russell, Lewis, Ayer, and Ryle.
17. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
Spring semester
A study of some problems that arise in describing, interpreting, and evalu­
ating aesthetic objects, including literature, music and fine arts. Among these
problems are the clarification of such terms as "form,” "style,” and "meaning,”
an examination of current attempts to subsume aesthetic objects under the
general theory of signs, and the analysis of the reasoning by which value
judgments about aesthetic objects are supported and defended.
18. P hilosophy of th e Social Sciences. Mr. Beardsley.
Spring semester
A survey of philosophical and methodological problems arising from the
study of the behavior and history of human individuals and societies. Such
problems as the nature of explanation and prediction in the social sciences and
history, the role of value judgment in the social sciences, the conceptual
apparatus necessary for the description of human behavior, and the possibility
of "scientific” history, are discussed.
Not offered in 1966-67.
139

19. Recent P hilosophical M ovements. Mr. Shaffer.

Fall semester

An examination of some of the basic trends in recent thought such as Prag­
matism, Positivism, Analytical Philosophy, and Existentialism. Special emphasis
will be placed upon the degree of adequacy of these systems in dealing with
questions concerning the nature, scope, and limits of human knowledge.
Not offered in 1966-67.
20. P hilosophy

of

Language. M i . Ginnane

Spring semester

An examination of philosophical and logical problems in the study of
natural languages. Topics may include: (1) the role of the investigation
of language in the solution of traditionally philosophical problems, (2)
investigations into the conceptual framework necessary to any adequate theory
of ordinary language, (3) the relationships between natural and formalized
or artificial languages, (4) recent attempts to found linguistics on a scientific
basis.
21. Social

and

P olitical P hilosophy . Mr. Oberdiek.

Fall semester

An analysis of conceptual and moral problems that socio-political life poses
for many. Among the problems studied are the relation of ethics to political/
social philosophy; the justification of democracy; the nature and basis of
political obligation, political freedom, equality, rights, justice, and social
institutions.
22. P hilosophy

in

A merica . Mr. Oberdiek.

Spring semester

A critical examination of thinkers representative of the major philosophic
traditions in America. Among those studied are Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson,
Thoreau, Sumner, Royce, Peirce, James, and Dewey. The primary aim is to
understand and evaluate the philosophic worth of their views; some attention
is also given to their relation to American culture.
Not offered in 1966-67.
23. H istory

of

Spring semester

Science .

A survey of the development of physics and astronomy in the 16th and 17th
centuries, emphasizing the nature of the scientific revolution, the revolt
against Aristotle, the new role of mathematics within science, the ljole of
experiment, and the gradual development of concepts like mass, force, univer­
sal gravitation, and the heliocentric universe. The philosophical and sociologi­
cal origins of the scientific revolution will also be studied. Readings will be
drawn mainly from the writings of Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes and
Newton.
Not offered in 1966-67.

Philosophy-Religion Courses
25. P hilosophy

of

R eligion . Mr. JVIoore.

Spying semester

The nature of religion; the psychology and interpretation of religious
experience; the problem of religious knowledge; the validity and difficulties
of Christian theology and ethics.
26. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.

Spring semester

Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention
will be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and
epistemology and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and
Ockham. Although the primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be
given to the contemporary relevance of medieval thought.
Not offered in 1966-67.
140

27. T heology

and

A nalytical P hilosophy . Mr. Moore or Mr. Urban.

Fall semester
A study in the meaning and verification of religious statements, the concept
of analogy, the nature of theological explanation, and the analytical critique
of the arguments for the existence of God. Readings in the articles and books
of contemporary thinkers, including Ayer, Flew, Hepburn, MacIntyre, Toulmin
and Zuurdeeg. The course will consider both the question of the validity of
the analytical critique of traditional theology and the possibility of a philosophy
of religion within analytical philosophy.
Not offered in 1966-67.

Religion Courses
31. P roblems of Christianity T oday. Mr. Urban.
Each semester
The purpose of this course is to study various answers to the chief religious
problems of the twentieth century. Problems include: faith and reason, the
existence of God, religion and morality, science and religion, the Bible, and
the problem of evil. Answers include reference to various schools of thought:
fundamentalism, liberalism, humanism, and neo-orthodoxy; and to the works
of individual thinkers: Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, Martin Buber, and
others. The student will be urged to find his own answers and to work out
his own religious beliefs.
N ote : Students planning to take more than one course in Religion should
normally commence with Course 31, although this course is not a prerequisite for
the others.

33. Early Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
The rise and development of Christian thinking to the 13th century, the
influence of Judaism and Greek philosophy, the formation of the creeds,
Scholasticism, Augustine and Aquinas.
34. Luther to Barth . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
The development of Christian thought from the Reformation to the twentieth
century, with emphasis upon the relationship between Christian and secular
thinking; the main ideas of the Reformation, church and sect in the Reforma­
tion, Roman Catholic development, Protestant orthodoxy, Protestant liberalism.
35. H istory of Religions. Mr. Moore.
Fall semester
An historical and comparative study of the world's religions: primitive re­
ligions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. Stress
will be placed upon the ethical and philosophical teaching of these religions
and their role in the interaction of modern cultures. Comparisons and contrasts
will be made between these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
36. T he O ld T estament and the Rise of J udaism.
Fall semester
An introduction to the literature and history of the people of Israel. Early
traditions, the law and the prophets, the emergence of Judaism.
37. T he N ew T estament .
Spring semester
An introduction to the literature and history of early Christianity. The forma­
tion of the gospels, the life and teachings of Jesus, the Christian movement
in the apostolic age.

51. Special T opics. Staff.

An intensive course may be offered from time to time in a field not covered
by the regular program. Open only to juniors and seniors.
141

52. Senior Conference . Staff.

Spring semester

For senior majors in philosophy. Individual programs are planned to prepare
for the comprehensive examination.
H istory 22. A merican Religious T hought . Mr. Tolies.

The course of religious thought in the colonies and the United States, with
appropriate reference to general intellectual history and American church
history.
H istory 24. Q uakerism .

Mr. Tolies.

The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical
setting. (May be counted toward a major in religion.)
H onors W ork
For admission to honors in philosophy, the requirement is normally two semester
courses drawn from those numbered from 1 to 27. For admission to honors work
in religion, the requirement is normally two semester courses selected from among
courses numbered 1, and 25 to 45.
101. M oral P hilosophy . Mr. Oberdiek.

Spring semester

An examination of the principal theories about value and moral obligation,
and of their justification; of the concepts of justice and human rights; of
the implications for ethics of different theories about the freedom of the
will. Works of representative theorists, both classical and contemporary,
will be read.
102. A ncient P hilosophy .

The development of Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science,
with special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing
the emergence of distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the
relation of these methods to contemporary techniques.
Not offered in 1966-67.
103. H istory

of

M odern P hilosophy . Mr. Raff.

Each semester

The development of modern thought from Descartes to Kant. This seminar
may appropriately be combined with work in any of the three divisions.
104. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Shaffer.

Each semester

A study of contemporary theories on some basic problems such as the theory
of meaning, universals, the foundations of knowledge, theories of perception,
the nature of the self and mental states, and the relation of mind and body.
The reading is in the recent work of such philosophers as Broad, Ayer, Russell,
Lewis, Ryle, and Wittgenstein.
105. P hilosophy

of

Science . Mr. Schuldenfrei.

Spring semester

A consideration of the nature of scientific inquiry through a study of its
fundamental concepts, among them theory, evidence, explanation, causation,
induction. Emphasis will also be given to the distinctions between empirical
and non-empirical science and between scientific and non-scientific inquiry.
106. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.

Fall semester

A systematic examination of the philosophy of art and the methodological
foundations of criticism. (See course 17.) Recommended for students of
literature, music and the fine arts.
142

107. P hilosophy of th e Social Sciences.
semester
A survey of philosophical and methodological problems arising from the
study of the ¡behavior and history of human individuals and societies. Such
problems as the nature of explanation and prediction in the social sciences
and history, the role of value judgments in the social sciences, the conceptual
apparatus necessary for the description of human behavior, and the possibility
of "scientific” history, are discussed.
108. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Schuldenfrei.
Pall semester
An examination of symbolic logic as (1) the theory of inference, (2) a tool of
analysis, and (3) a foundation for mathematics. Emphasis will be placed on
the fundamental concepts (e.g., the axiomatic method, consistency, decid­
ability), major theorems (completeness and incompleteness), and problems of
the foundations of logic.
110. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Pall semester
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention
will be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and episte­
mology and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and
Ockham. Although the primary emphasis will be historical, attention will
be paid to the contemporary relevance of medieval thought.
111. T h e I d e a of G od in W estern T hought . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
An examination will be made of writings which have contributed most to
Western concepts of God. The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible,
Athanasius, Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher,
Rudolf Otto, John Baillie and others.
112. Contemporary Religious P hilosophers . Mr. Urban.
Pall semester
This seminar will concentrate on representative thinkers and schools of thought
in the present century. These will include Karl Barth, Martin Buber, Jacques
Maritain, Reinhold Niebuhr, William Temple, Paul Tillich, and Henry N.
Wieman.
Not offered in 1966-67.
120. T hesis.

A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place of one of
the seminars, upon application by the student and at the discretion of the
Department.

143

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN
D irector o f A thletics and P hysical Education for M en and
A ssociate P rofessor : W illis J. Stetson
A ssociate P rofessors : Lewis H. Elverson
Edwin J. Faulkner
A ssistant P rofessors : G omer D avies
R ichard F. M alacrea
A ssistants : Charles A ssiff
Brooke P. Cottm an
R obert B. F orwood
N orman F rank , J r .
D udley H eath
J oseph L eitner

J ames W. L uk en s , J r .
J ames C. M ayer
J ames J. M cA doo
R obert M cCoach
Costa N . M iller
J ames W. N oyes

College P hysician : D r . M orris A. Bowie
The course in Men’s Physical Education is designed to acquaint each participant
with both team and individual sports. The value of team play is developed while
emphasis is also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy
after graduation. Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise,
also becomes better acquainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., of the various
sports and so is better able to enjoy these activities as a spectator.
The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many of these activities there are contests arranged
for junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of
men to engage in intercollegiate competition.

F aculty R equirements
Physical education is required of all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores
unless excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students
must attend a minimum of three classes per week.
All men not excused for medical of other reasons are expected to fulfill this
requirement. A semester’s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the
Junior year. No man with a deficiency in physical education is permitted to enter
his Senior year.

F all A ctivities
Badminton
* Cross Country
*Football

♦Soccer
Swimming

Tennis
Touch Football

W in ter A ctivities
Badminton
*Basketball

♦Swimming
Tennis

Volleyball
♦Wrestling

Spring A ctivities
*Baseball
♦Golf
♦Lacrosse

Softball
♦Tennis

♦Track
Volleyball

* Indicates intercollegiate competition.
144

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : E l e a n o r K. H ess , Chairman
I r e n e M o ll
A ssistant P r o fessors : P h o e b e J a n e H arris
A il y n T erada
C o lleg e P h y sic ia n : D r . M orris A. B ow ie
The aim of the Department is to contribute to the education of all women
students through the medium of physical activity. We believe this contribution
can best be achieved ¡through participation in a broad program of sports, dance
and developmental activities. The program provides: instruction and experience
in sports and dancing; swimming instruction on all levels; corrective and develop­
mental exercises. It is our hope that the student will also acquire: appreciation of
the dance as an art form; good sportsmanship; added endurance; good posture;
leadership training; joy in outdoor exercise; and a program of interests and skills
that will carry over for her after college, so she may become a useful part of her
community.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped
where possible according to ability. Ample opportunities are given for intramural
and intercollegiate competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods of activity each week. These may be
elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming until a
test is passed; take a dance activity; take a team sport; take an individual sport;
and take developmental gymnastics if the posture grade or motor skill test indicates
a need for it.
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this
purpose will be sent out from the Office of the Dean to all incoming students.
A ctivities
Archery. Miss Harris.

an^ $Prtn&

Class and Varsity.
Badminton . Miss Hess, Mr. Faulkner.

Winter

Class and Varsity.
Basketball. Miss Moll, Miss Hess.

Winter

Class and Varsity.
Bowling . Staff.

Winter

Class.
D evelopmental M ovement . Miss Terada.

Winter
Required of all first-year students whose posture grade or motor ability test
indicates a need for it.

Folk and Square D ancing . Miss Moll.

E*zWand Winter
Class and Performance Group. Open to men students who have fulfilled the
requirements of the Men’s Physical Education Department.
Fall and Spring

G olf. Miss Moll.
Class and Course Golf.
145

H ockey. Miss Hess.

Fall

Class and Varsity.
Lacrosse. Miss Hess.

Spring

Class and Varsity.
M odern D ance . Miss Terada.

Fall, Winter and Spring
Class and Performance Group. Open to men students who have fulfilled the
requirements of the Men’s Physical Education Department.

Recreational M aterials and Resources. Staff.
Soccer. Miss Hess.

Winter and Spring
Winter

Class.
Softball . Miss Moll.

Spring

Class and Varsity.
Sw im m ing . Miss Harris, Miss Hess, Miss Terada.

Fall, Winter and Spring
Beginning, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes and diving. Class and
Varsity.
American Red Cross Life Saving and Water Safety. (Upon successful com­
pletion of these courses, American Red Cross certificates will he awarded.)

T ennis . Miss Terada, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Hess, Miss Moll. Fall, Winter and Spring
V olleyball . Miss Moll.

Fall and Winter

Class and Varsity.
W ater Ballet . Miss Terada.

Fall and Spring

Class and Performance Group.

146

PHYSICS
Pro fesso r: W
A

s s o c ia t e

il l ia m

C. Elm

P ro fesso rs: O

Chairman

ore,

l e x a -M y r o n

M

ark

A. H

P a u l C. M
A

s s is t a n t

is it in g

a n g elsd o rf,

Jr.

P r o fesso rs: Jarl A . E lm g r en *
C l a ir

V

B il a n iu k

eald

L ecturers: D

onald

Jo

hn

W.

N

W.

ie l s o n

K

ent

,

J r.

H . P ollard

The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics,
endeavors to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well
as in the advanced work of the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative,
analytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition of facts and skills. The
introductory course makes no pretense of covering all material of interest to
physicists, but rather comprises a selection of topics which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study of topics
covered at the introductory level, and of many phases of modern physics which
require a considerable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses
and seminars particular importance is attached to laboratory work, since physics
is primarily an experimental science. Honors candidates taking physics seminars
accompanied by laboratory work must submit their laboratory notebooks to the
visiting examiners for their inspection.
R e q u ir e m

ents

fo r

M

and

R e c o m m e n d a t io n s

a jo r s a n d

M

in o r s

Students who intend to major in physics normally take Physics 1, 2 and Chemistry
1, 2 in the freshman year and Physics 11, 12 in the sophomore year. In addition
they should complete Mathematics 12 or 16 by the end of their sophomore year.
In view of graduate school requirements and of the extensive literature of physics
in German and Russian, it is strongly recommended that the student fulfill his
language requirement in one of these languages. A grade of C or better in Physics
1, 2 is normally prerequisite for all further work in the department, and Chemistry
2 is a prerequisite for Physics 112 and 114.
Honors students majoring in physics normally take Physics 102, 106, 112, in
that order, and Mathematics 101 or 103, and 104. Physics 114 or a third mathematics
seminar is encouraged but not required. An honors student who has been unable
to schedule Physics 11, 12 should plan to take Physics 111. Other seminars in the
program are normally chosen from astronomy, biology, chemistry, engineering,
experimental psychology, or philosophy. Such a program is a particularly satis­
factory way of preparing for graduate or other professional work in physics or
mathematics. However, it constitutes in itself an effective educational program,
since the aim throughout is to achieve an understanding of fundamental' ideas and
concepts, as distinct from the mastery of information, skills, and techniques in a
limited segment of science.
Course students majoring in physics normally complete the following courses in
their junior and senior years: Mathematics 51, 52; Chemistry 61, 62; and Physics
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1966-67.

147

51, 52, 53, 54, 56. It is recommended that Physics 60 or additional work in en­
gineering or chemistry be included in the program of course students who intend to
do graduate work in physics. This program provides a well-rounded study of
physics, and by requiring less intensive concentration than an honors program offers
the student the opportunity to extend his work outside the Division of the Natural
Sciences. It should also meet the needs of those who wish to teach science in
secondary school.
Secondary school students who are considering majoring in physics at Swarthmore
are strongly encouraged to complete four years of mathematics and a minimum of
two years of either German or Russian, or French if neither of these is available.

Course Statement
1, 2. G eneral P hysics. Mr. Bilaniuk, Mr. Mangelsdorf, and Staff.

An introductory course in basic physics. During the first semester special
emphasis is placed on mechanics, conservation principles, harmonic motion,
wave motion and heat. During the second semester the topics include basic
concepts in electricity and magnetism, direct current circuits, alternating
current circuits, optics and modern physics. This course, or its equivalent,
must precede any advanced courses or seminars in physics. It is required of
most science majors. Three lectures, a conference, and a laboratory period
weekly.
Prerequisite: First Year Mathematics taken concurrently, or adequate prepara­
tion in mathematics.
7-8. Concepts

and

T heories in P hysical Science . Mr. Rosenberg.

Full course
The first semester consists in an analysis of motion leading to the Newtonian
synthesis, the conservation laws of physics, the development of an atomic
theory of matter, the periodic table of elements, and the kinetic theory of gases.
The second semester considers the evolution of modern physics: physical
properties of light, aspects of relativity, the wave versus the quantum theory
of light, certain electrical phenomena, atomicity of charge, Bohr’s model of
the atom, radioactivity, elementary particles, the nuclear atom and nuclear
energy, stellar energy..
This course is designed as a terminal course in physical science to meet
the needs of non-science majors and fulfills the group I distribution require­
ment. It is not intended to fulfill the physics requirement of medical schools,
and cannot be used as a prerequisite for further work in the Division of the
Natural Sciences.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Not offered in 1966-67.
9. O rder and Symmetry in P hysical Systems. Mr. Rosenberg.

Analysis of the forms and principles involved in order and symmetry. Ex­
amples selected from molecular systems, crystals, atoms, nuclei, and elementary
particles. The IBM 1620 computer will be used in analysis and simulation of
patterns. The course is designed exclusively for the non-science student. This
course may be used in combination with Chemistry 1 or Physics 1 to satisfy the
group 1 distribution requirement. Three lectures and one three-hour labora­
tory per week.
Offered spring semester 1966-67.
10. T opics in Biophysics. Mr. Rosenberg.

Applications of physical tools and analysis to living systems. Emphasis will
be at the subcellular level of integration. The course is intended for physical
science, mathematics, and engineering students. Previous biological training
148

is not required. Three lectures per week. In lieu of laboratory work, visits
will be made to nearby biophysical laboratories.
Offered spring semester 1966-67.
11, 12. M echanics and W ave M otion . Mr. Heald and Mr. Elmore.

Particle and rigid body mechanics with an introduction to advanced dynamics.
Elastic waves and wave motion. Interference and diffraction phenomena.
Considerable emphasis is placed on laboratory work, both to illuminate and
extend the subject matter, and to foster the students’ ability to work in­
dependently. This course is required of physics majors. In addition, this
course or its equivalent, Physics 111, is recommended for others who desire
further work in physics. Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics taken concurrently.
51, 52. M odern P hysics. Mr. Kent and Mr. Elmgren.

A selection of topics including special relativity; quantum theory with
applications to atomic structure, and solid-state physics; nuclear and highenergy physics. Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly. Open to
seniors only.
Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics and consent of the instructor.
53. Circuit T heory I. Mr. Jenkins.

Fall semester
Transient and steady state analysis of electric circuits based upon the differ­
ential equations of the circuit arising from Kirchhoff’s Laws. Classical
treatment is followed by Laplace transform analysis giving system response
as a function of complex frequency. Pole-zero concepts are introduced.
Extensive study is made of linear network analysis by the superposition
integral, convolution, the Fourier integral, etc. Three phase systems and
symmetrical components. Three class periods and a laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 12.

54. T hermal P hysics. Mr. Mangelsdorf.

Continuum properties of matter and of thermal energy. Thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics of mechanical, chemical, electrical and magnetic systems.
Entropy, fluctuation theory, irreversible thermodynamics. Brownian motion,
diffusion theory, transport processes. Three lectures and one conference
section weekly.
Offered spring semester 1966-67, and in alternate years thereafter.
Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics.
56. E lectromagnetic F ield T heory . Mr. Barus.

Spring semester

An analytical study of electromagnetism. Maxwell’s equations are developed
and applied, with greatest attention given to the static and quasi-static cases.
Considerable emphasis is given to the following topics: solutions of Lap­
lace’s equation, fields in dielectric and magnetic materials, energy and forces,
and the relationship of field theory to circuit theory. Three class periods and
a laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 12 and 53.
60. Special T opics. Staff.

A semester course that may be elected by senior physics majors. Readings
and problems will be assigned in areas of physics not covered in other courses.
The associated laboratory work will be directed toward the acquisition of
knowledge and skills that will be useful to future research, and normally
will involve the development of apparatus and the performance of an experi­
ment of contemporary significance in physics. A carefully written report of
the experiment, together with solutions of assigned problems, is required in
lieu of a final examination.
149

H o n o rs S em in ars
102. E lectricity and M agnetism . Mr. Elmore.
Fall semester
Classical electrodynamics, covering static and dynamic electricity, magnetism
and electromagnetism, with some electronics. Laboratory measurements in
direct and alternating currents and in magnetism, together with fundamental
experiments in electronics.
Prerequisites: Second Year Mathematics, and Physics 11, 12 (or 111).
106. Atomic and N uclear P hysics. Mr. Nielson.
Spring semester
Special theory of relativity. Wave-particle duality. Introduction to wave
mechanics, the hydrogen atom, structure and spectra of many-electron atoms.
Elements of solid state physics. Properties and systematics of nuclei, nuclear
reactions, nuclear forces and models. Introduction to fundamental particles,
their symmetries and inter-actions. The accompanying laboratory includes
basic experiments in atomic and nuclear physics.
Prerequisite: Physics 102, or equivalent preparation in the Honors program
in Engineering Sciences.
111. Classical M echanics and W aves.

This seminar covers substantially the same material as Physics 11,12. It is
offered for students unable to schedule the course, and who desire further work
in physics as part of an Honors program. One full-day laboratory each week.
Offered spring semester 1966-67, and fall semester in subsequent years.
Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics.
112. Radiation and Statistical P hysics. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Fall semester
Free and guided electromagnetic waves, with particular emphasis on waves in
the microwave, optical, and X-ray regions. The velocity of electromagnetic
waves and the four-vector formulation of the special theory of relativity.
Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Thermal radiation, and quantum
statistics with applications. Accompanied by a full-day laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and Physics 106.
Spring semester
Advanced classical dynamics. Classical vs. quantum physics, correspondence
principle. Heisenberg’s and Schrodinger’s versions of quantum mechanics.
Observables and quantum mechanical operators. Eigenfunctions and eigen­
values. Approximation methods. Identical particles and spin. Scattering
and the Born approximation. Quantum mechanics of the nucleon-nucleon
interaction and nuclear structure. Accompanied by experimental and computa­
tional projects.
Prerequisite: Physics 112.

11*1. Q uantum M echanics . Mr. Bilaniuk.

150

POLITICAL SCIENCE
P r o f e s s o r : J. R o l a n d P
D

is t in g u is h e d

A

s s o c ia t e

V

is it in g

ennock

s s is t a n t

Chairman

P rofessor: T

homas

P. P eardon

P r o f e s s o r s : C h a r l e s E . G il b e r t
D

A

,!

P ro fesso r: D

a v id

G . Sm

onald

In s t r u c t o r : R o b er t O . K

it h

C. H

ellm ann

eohane

L e c t u r e r s : F r e d e r ic k A . H

argadon

F r e d r ic k J . R o b e r t s * * *
E n id C u r t is B o k Sc h o e t t l e

Courses and seminars offered by the Political Science Department deal with the
place of politics in society and contribute to an understanding of the purposes,
organization, and operation of political institutions, domestic and international.
For the beginning student, the Department offers a general introduction to the
nature of politics, to its major institutions and moving forces, and to the key
concepts of the discipline, followed by a more detailed examination of these ele­
ments in a particular institutional setting. For those who become majors and for
others who take additional work in political science, courses are provided that will
permit giving special attention to political theory, comparative political systems,
politics and government in the United States, and international relations.
R e q u ir e m e n t s

and

R e c o m m e n d a t io n s

fo r

M

a jo r s

Political Science 1-2 (A, B, or C) is prerequisite to all other work in the De­
partment, except that students wishing a one semester terminal course providing
some knowledge of and insight into a particular field may take Political Science 2
(A, B, or C) without prerequisite. Students who intend to major in political
science should take the introductory course during the freshman year if possible,
and Course 11 in the sophomore year. However, Course 11 may be taken by soph­
omores concurrently with the second half of the introductory course. Students who
desire to concentrate on international affairs without taking the full International
Relations Program referred to below may substitute Comparative Government (Polit­
ical Science 15) or Soviet Politics (Political Science 19) or Government and Poli­
tics of East Asia (Political Science 20) for Course 11. Majors are also advised
to take Economics 1-2. Courses in Statistics (Economics 4) and history are recom­
mended. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course (Political Science 54),
is required of all majors. Course majors must take Course 60-61.
P rogram

in

In t e r n a t io n a l

R

e l a t io n s

Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations
should include in their programs,- during the first two years, the introductory
courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the inter­
mediate course in one or more modern languages.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.
*** spring semester, 1966-o7.

151

Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this
examination should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed
below, including all of those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one
or more in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed
by the chairmen of the Departments of Economics, History, and Political Science,
under the Chairmanship of the Department of Political Science.
Group I
Political Science 12—International Politics
Political Science 13— International Law and Organization
Political Science 57-58—American Foreign Policy
Economics 60—-International Economics
Group II
Economics 11—Economic Development
History 11—Russia
History 32—The Expansion of Europe
History 36—The Far East
History 61—American Diplomatic History
History 65— Africa
Group III
Economics 61—Comparative Economic Systems
Political Science 15— Comparative Government
Political Science 18—Politics of Developing Nations
Political Science 19—Soviet Politics
Political Science 20—Government and Politics of East Asia
Political Science 55— Modern Political Theory
Students who plan to enter the honors program will find it possible to select a
similar combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman of their prospec­
tive major department.
C oursés
1. I ntroduction to P olitical Science . All members of the department.

A study of the basic institutions, concepts, and moving forces of politics,
combined with some consideration of the analytical tools and methods of the
discipline. The works of major historical figures in the development of polit­
ical ideas and of contemporary political scientists will be read. Except as
noted below, this course, is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the
Department. Credit is given for this course only when combined with
Political Science 2 (A, B, or C.).
2A. P olicy-Making in A merica .

Consideration of basic elements of American national politics, and of ways of
defining and^ explaining the functions and results of American politics. Major
attention will be devoted to electoral organizations, voting behavior and
opinion formation, legislation and presidential leadership.
2B. Comparative G overnment . (For description, see Political Science 15.)
2C. I nternational P olitics.

(For description, see Political Science 12.)
152

11. P roblems in Community G overnment . Mr. Gilbert.

Spring semester
The social, economic, and legal setting of local government. Politics and
administration at state and local levels. Problems of federalism and metro­
politan areas. Thé course emphasizes special research projects, such as field
work in nearby communities.
12. I nternational P olitics. Mr. Hellmann.
Alternate years, fall semester
Approaches to the theory and practice of international politics such as those
developed by liberals, pacifists, behavioralists, and socialists will be examined
in some detail before considering the abiding and changing patterns of rela­
tions among states and the various factors that affect them.
13. I nternational Law and O rganization . Mr. Keohane.
Spring semester
An analysis of international law and organization in the context of the inter­
national political system. Special attention will be given to the political
process of the United Nations and to its accomplishments, limitations, and
prospects. The course will also consider the relations between international
politics and international law, and the theory and practice of regionalism.
15. Comparative G overnment .

Mr. Peardon.

A critical study of selected political systems of Western and Eastern Europe.
The major countries studied include France, Germany, Italy, and the states
of Central and Eastern Europe. Major emphasis will be placed on comparative
politics and comparative public policy, as well as the relation of domestic
politics to problems of foreign policy and international cooperation.
18. P olitics of D eveloping N ations. Mr. Hellmann.
Fall semester
An examination of theories of political modernization and their application
to developing societies, particularly those in South and Southeast Asia and
Africa. The relation between the total social process and the emergence of
nationalist movements will be studied, and the political processes will be
functionally analyzed and compared in terms of such categories as political
culture, ideology, leadership, and social mobilization.
19. Soviet P olitics. Mr. Hargadon.
Spring semester
An analysis of Soviet political theory, the structure and development of the
Communist Party of the Soviet Union, Soviet political and administrative
leadership, and selected policy problems.
20. G overnment and P olitics of East A sia. Mr. Hellmann.
Spring semester
A comparative analysis of the political systems of China,^ Japan, and Korea
in upheaval. Emphasis is on the various kinds of nationalist movements
and their traditional, revolutionary, communist, and liberal-democratic com­
ponents.
51. P ublic Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Alternate years, fall semester
An analysis of policy-making and administration in modern governments
with illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government of the
United States and with particular reference to recent developments. Problems
of administrative organization, conduct of regulatory and managerial activities,
financial administration, personnel, public relations, administrative law, politics
and administration.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
Not offered in 1966-67.
52. A merican Constitutional Law . Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed
both historically and through analysis of leading cases. Areas of Constitu­
tional development emphasized are: the nature and exercise of judicial review;
federalism and the scope of national power; civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Sophomores carrying five courses will
be relieved of the term paper requirement.
153

53. A merican P arty P olitics. Mr. Gilbert.

Alternate years, fall semester
An historical and functional analysis of American political parties. The study
of interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and
representation, the legislative process.
54. P olitical T heory : P lato to Rousseau. Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
The development of thought on the nature of the state and of individual
rights and duties, based largely on readings of the chief political philosophers
from Plato to Rousseau. Topics studied include: Greek and Roman political
thought; medieval universalism and the divine right of kings; the Reforma­
tion and the development of contractual theory; natural law and natural
rights.
Open to sophomores planning to take the "Modern and Analytical” version
of the Political Theory honors seminar; otherwise to juniors and seniors
only, except by special arrangement.
55. M odern P olitical T heory . Mrs. Schoettle or Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
Political theory from the Enlightenment to the present. Idealism and romantic
and conservative nationalism!™ anarchism, Marxism, and later socialist doc­
trines; Utilitarianism and "revisionist” Liberalism; elite theory and prag­
matic and sociological theories of politics, including Max Weber, Karl Mann­
heim, and more contemporary theoretical models of the political systems;
conservative critics of democracy; and authoritarian and totalitarian political
theories.
56. J urisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
A study of the sources and nature of law; historical, sociological and
philosophic approaches to legal theory; the nature of the.judicial process;
key problems of jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of
American constitutional law.
Open to sophomores by arrangement with the instructor.
Not offered in 1966-67.
57—58. A merican F oreign P olicy. Mr. Keohane.
Alternate years, full course
The problem of defining the objectives of American foreign policy and of
selecting the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested American
strategies in world politics; the influence of internal and external conditions
on the making of foreign policy; the effects of our policies in crucial parts
of the world.
Not offered in 1966-67.
59. M arxism . Mr. Smith.
A study of Marxist political theory and philosophy. Primary emphasis is
placed on ^the works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and Stalin. In addition, some
attention is devoted to the background of Marxist thought as well as to
influential derivatives of Marxism other than Communism. Selected examples
of contemporary Marxist theory are also considered.
60—61. Special T opics in P olitical Science . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By
means of papers and assigned readings it covers aspects of political science
not elsewhere intensively developed and helps the students to integrate
materials studied previously.
62. P olitical Sociology. Mr. Gilbert.
The relations of politics to basic social structures, processes, and traditions.
Study of problems, concepts, and theories about politics viewed as human
behavior. The specific topics will vary from year to year.
Not offered in 1966-67.

H onors W ork
Prerequisite: Political Science 1-2. The following seminars prepare for examina­
tion for a degree with Honors:
154

101. (a) and ( b) . P olitical T heory . Mr. Pennock.
Each semester
The nature of the state, the bases of political obligation, sovereignty and the
nature of law, liberty, equality, rights, democracy, totalitarianism—all in
the light of the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato
to the present. This seminar is given in two versions, one (101a) beginning
with Plato and proceeding chronologically, and the other (101b, designated
"Modern and Analytical” ) starting with Machiavelli and organized in more
topical fashion. It is desirable but not required for students planning to take
101b to take Political Science 54 during their sophomore year.
102. P olitics and Legislation. Mr. Gilbert.
Spring semester
The study of political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting
behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis
is on American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on
politics from the standpoint of theories of political democracy.
103. P roblems in G overnment and A dministration . Mr. Gilbert.

Fall semester

Problems of administrative organization, policy-making and responsibility,
with primary reference to the United States and to selected fields of policy.
104. I nternational P olitics. Mr. Keohane.
Fall semester
An inquiry into the principles and problems of international politics, this
seminar will consider theories of international stability and disorder, the
relationship between foreign policies and the international system, and ap­
proaches to international order such as diplomacy, international law, and col­
lective security. Basic to the analysis will be the question: what are the
causes of war and the conditions of peace?
105. A merican F oreign P olicy. Mr. Keohane.
Spring semester
A study of key problems faced by the United States in the modern world
together with a detailed, critical investigation of the making and implementing
of American foreign policy. Thé changing assumptions of our policy and the
political, economic, and social influences upon it will be carefully considered.
106. P ublic Law and J urisprudence . Mr. Pennock.

Spring semester
Sources and nature of law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and "realistic”
approaches to law; key problems of jurisprudence illustrated by study of the
fields of federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
Not offered in 1966-67.

107. Soviet P olitics. Mr. Hargadon.

Vail semester
An analysis of Soviet political theory, the structure and development of the
Communist Party of the Soviet Union, Soviet political and administrative
leadership, and selected policy problems.

108. Comparative G overnment . Mr. Peardon.

Advanced study of comparative government; governmental structures and
political processes largely as exemplified by selected governments of Western
and Eastern Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning,
defense, nationalization, and transnational political movements.
109. P olitical D evelopment . Mr. Hellmann.

Fall semester
An examination of theories of political modernization and their application to
developing societies.

120. T hesis. All members of the department.

Approval must be secured early in the student’s junior year.
155

PSYCHOLOGY A N D EDUCATION
P rofessors : J oseph B. Shane
H ans W allach
A ssociate P rofessor : D ean P eabody, Chairman
A ssistant P rofessors : G erald R. L evin f
J o h n A n t h o n y N evin %
N icholas S. T hom pson
L ecturer and D irector o f Student T eaching : A lice K. Brodhead
The work of the Department of Psychology deals with the scientific study of
human behavior and experience; the basic processes of perception, learning, thinking
and motivation, and consideration of their relation to development of the individual
personality; and the social relations of the individual to other persons and to
to groups. For those students planning for graduate and professional work in
psychology the courses and seminars of the department are designed to provide a
sound basis of understanding of psychological principles and a grasp of research
method. Other students learn the nature of psychological inquiry and the psychologi­
cal approach to various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences
and the life sciences.

R equirements and R ecommendations
Both semesters of the course Introduction to Psychology are required of all students
who wish to take other courses or seminars in the department. At present the two
semesters of this course may be taken in either sequence; credit is given for either
semester, and either semester may be used to fulfill the general curriculum require­
ment. It is intended in 1967-68 to change to a sequence that begins with Psychology
1 in the fall.
Majors in course are required to take at least one course with a laboratory and
majors in Honors one of the seminars in experimental psychology: 101, 102, or 108.
Courses in education—11, 12, 14, 15 and 16 will not be credited toward a major
in psychology. Education alone may not be elected as a major subject, and not
more than two full courses in education will be accepted for credit toward the
bachelor’s degree.
Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements in Education for
the college provisional certificate for secondary school teachers by taking:
Psychology 1 or 2—Introduction to Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
Education 12—Principles and Methods of Secondary Education.
Education 15—History of Education.
Education 16—Student Teaching.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1966-67.
Absent on leave, 1966-67.

t

156

Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school
certificate by taking:
Psychology 1 or 2—Introduction to Psychology.
Psychology 55—Child Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
Education 16—Student Teaching.

Psychology
1. I ntroduction to P sychology. Staff.
Spring semester
An introduction to the basic processes underlying human and animal behavior:
sensation and perception, learning and thinking, emotion and motivation.
Open to freshmen.
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged.
2. I ntroduction to P sychology. Staff.
Fall semester
An introduction to the study of human behavior in its social context. Topics
to be stressed: Personality dynamics, structure and development, conflict and
psychopathology; the social psychology of the individual in society, attitudes
and social action. Open to a limited number of freshmen by special
permission.
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged.
12. M otivation . Mr. Nevin, Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
The determination of behavior by maturation, early experience, deprivation,
stimulation, and reward. The concepts of instinct, homeostasis, drive, reinforce­
ment, arousal, and incentive are analyzed with reference to data drawn largely
from’ animal experimentation. Some reference is made to recent findings in
the physiology of drive and reinforcement. Term paper or an original experi­
ment is required.
13. Statistics for P sychologists. Mr. Nevin.
The logic and the application of standard statistical tests in the analysis of
data. Emphasis is placed on the relations between experimental and statistical
procedures. No mathematics required.
14. Learning and Behavior T heory . Mr. Nevin.
Vail semester
The experimental analysis of the major phenomena of learning and condition­
ing is studied mainly at the animal level. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major theories of learning are evaluated.
Thè laboratory is designed to acquaint students with the major processes
considered.
15. Comparative P sychology. Mr. Thompson.
The comparative study of the behavior of the individual animal.
50. P erception . Mr. Wallach.

Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. The major facts
and some problems of visual perception are outlined and used to acquaint the
student with experimental research.
52. H uman Learning and T hin k in g .

An examination of the phenomena of association, memory, problem solving,
thinking and language.
55. Child Psychology. Mr. Levin.
Alternate years
Cognitive development, the socialization process, and the influence of childrearing practices will be emphasized. Observing of preschool children will
be required.
157

56. Social P sychology. Mr. Peabody.
A study of the individual in relation to his society. Basic processes including
the understanding of other persons, theories of cognitive consistency, group
influence and conformity, the psychology of language. Applications to political
attitudes, group prejudice. The relation of attitudes and personality. The
relation of psychology to the social sciences,
58. P ersonality. Mr. Levin, Mr. Peabody.
Fall semester
Representative theories, methods, and findings related to such topics as per­
sonality structure, the self, aggression, and the achievement motive will be
examined.
59. P sychology of A ttitudes. Mr. Peabody.
The course will concentrate on topics designed to supplement Psychology 56,
Social Psychology, with particular attention to social and political attitudes.
Topics will include some aspects of the psychology of language, the concept
and measurement of attitudes and opinions, attitudes and political behavior,
the organization of attitudes and personal ideologies.
62—63- Colloquium in Learning . Mr. Nevin.
Spring semester
In consultation with the instructor, students select a problem in the analysis
of learned behavior for study in the laboratory. In weekly class meetings,
they discuss the rationale, methods, and results of their work as it progresses,
relating it to the research literature and to general theoretical issues. A paper
reviewing the pertinent literature and describing the experimental work is
required. Those desiring to enroll must see the instructor before registration;
enrollment will be limited to eight students. Double credit.
64-65. Colloquium

in

H istory and Systems of P sychology. Mr. Peabody.

Spring semester
Reading and discussion intended to provide integration of different fields
of psychology and to help majors prepare for comprehensives. Historical
treatment will concentrate on the major systematic points of view. Special
consideration will be given to problems overlapping several areas of psychology.
Double credit!
69. I ndependent Research. Staff.
Students conduct independent research projects. They typically study problems
with which they are already familiar from their course work. Students must
submit a written report of their work. Registration for Independent Research
requires the approval of the department and the sponsorship of a faculty
member who agrees to supervise the work.
The following course is not to be counted toward a major in psychology and is
not included in the comprehensive examination; it is designed primarily for students
whose major work is in other departments.
Spring semester
This course deals with communications within groups, leadership, attitudes and
propaganda, wage payment plans, consumer motivation and behavior, and the
structure of organizations. Attention will be given to the application of
concepts that have been drawn from the laboratory study of motivation, percep­
tion, and learning.

42. A pplied Social P sychology.

Education
11, Educational P sychology. Mr. Levin.
Alternate years
The application of psychology to education. The psychology of learning and
psychometrics will be stressed. Projects will be required.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
158

12 P rinciples
iz. riu«v..r

and

M ethods of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane.

semester, alternate years

A study of the principles of secondary education, with emphasis upon aims
and organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
14. I ntroduction to T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Current educational theory and practice. Weekly seminar plus three hours
a week (term minimum of 36 hours) assisting in a classroom in the local
schools. This course meets the requirement for basic reading instruction.
15. H istory of Education . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day.
Weekly seminar in which members of the Classics, History, Philosophy and
Religion departments participate.
16. Student T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
Secondary level: In cooperation with Springfield School District and Swarthmore-Rutledge School District, 30 hours of guided observation in the spring
followed by six weeks (120 hours) of full-time teaching in the summer
school in both remedial and enrichment classes. Students shouldj enroll tor
this course at the January registration. They must be recommended by the
college department whose subject they plan to teach.
Elementary level : In cooperation with Springfield School District, a six weeks
program of full-time teaching (120 hours) under close supervision by master
teachers in the Springfield Elementary Summer Schoo which embraces both
remedial and enrichment reading and arithmetic, as well as science, geography,
and creative writing.
Prerequisite: Education 14 and recommendation of the department of psy­
chology and education.
H o n o rs Sem in ars
101. P erception . Mr. Wallach.
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects.
The student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual
mechanisms, particularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this
seminar. Specific topics covered are: color vision, grouping and torm, depth
and distance, size, movement, influences of learning and needs and altitudes,
general theory of perception. When time permits, some attention is given
to parallel problems in other senses.
102. Learning and Behavior T heory . Mr. Nevin, Mr. Thompson.
The major phenomena of learning and conditioning—taken largely from the
a n i m a l level—are discussed. An attempt is made to systematize the experi­
mental literature on each topic. The relationship of motivational concepts to
learning is discussed and the major theories of learning and some recent
mathematical theories are considered. The laboratory acquaints students with
problems and methods of experimentation in learning. An opportunity tor
original research is provided.
104. I ndividual in Society . Mr. Peabody.
The relationship between man and his society. Basic processes including the
understanding of other persons, theories of cognitive consistency, group in­
fluence and conformity, the psychology of language. Applications to political
attitudes, group prejudice. The relation of attitudes and personality. The
relation of psychology to the social sciences.
105. P ersonality. Mr. Levin, Mr. Peabody.
A scrutiny of attempts to build an objective basis for understanding the
person as a whole.” Contrasting theoretical orientations, techniques ot obser­
159

vation, and specific problems will be examined. Theoretical orientations:
psychoanalysis, factor analysis, learning theory, phenomenology. Observation
techniques: interviews, questionnaires, fantasy material. Problems: aggression,
need achievement, prediction, psychotherapy, and psychological maturity.
106. D evelopment . Mr. Levin.
The development of complex psychological processes in the individual will
be studied. Problems of intellectual, linguistic, and social development will
be stressed. While the focus will be on the child, relevant studies of other
species will also be examined. Observing of preschool children will be required.
108. M emory, T hinking , Language.

An inquiry into human cognitive processes, including human learning, memory
functions, thinking, and language phenomena. Topics to be considered will
be: principles of association; association and perceptual organization; recog­
nition and recall; interference phenomena; trace theory; attention and mental
set; concept formation; problem-solving and insight; symbolic operations;
semantic and syntatic processes.
120. T hesis. All members of the department.

May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is
doing major work in psychology with four seminars, and provided some
member of the department is available to undertake the direction of the thesis.
M

a s t e r ’s

D

egree

A limited number of students may be accepted for graduate study toward the
Master’s degree in psychology. Students receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work.
The program of work for the Master’s degree requires the completion of four
seminars, or their equivalent. One of the seminars must be a research seminar leading
to a Thesis. The work of the seminars is judged by external examiners. The re­
quirements for the Master’s degree can normally be completed in one year.

160

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY
A

s s o c ia t e

A

s s is t a n t

P ro fesso r:

Leon

B ra m so n

P r o f e s s o r : St e v e n P ik e r

In s t r u c t o r : J o n V

an

T

il

Although Sociology and Anthropology arose initially out of divergent historical
traditions, they are engaged in a common task. Studies in the Department are
directed toward the discovery of the general principles which help to explain the
order, meaning, and coherence of human social and cultural life. To that end,
work’in the Department will emphasize the comparative analysis of societies and
social institutions; the structure and functioning of human communities; the
principles of social organization and disorganization; and the conditions which
tend to foster continuity and change, consensus and conflict. Emphasis will also be
laid on the relevance of Sociology and Anthropology to social problems in the
modern age, particularly to the question of the nature, conditions, and limits of
human freedom.
R e q u ir e m e n t s

and

R ecom

m e n d a t io n s

Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department. A number of
additional courses and seminars will be offered during the academic year 1967-68.
C ourses

1—2. I ntroduction to Sociology and A nthropology . Staff.
Full course
An exploration of fundamental factors in human group life. Topics will
range from background materials in animal studies and primate social be­
havior through the context of human development in families, communities,
castes, classes, and larger social structures. Examples of the latter will include
pre-literate societies and modern nation-states. Among topics to be studied
comparatively are child-rearing, work and occupations, urbanism, organized
hostility, and cultural change.
21. C o n t e m p o r a r y Social P r o b l e m s . Mr. Van Til.
Fall semester
An attempt to relate social problems to an analysis of the structure of modern
societies. Emphasis will be on values and institutions as determinants ot
social problems, and on self-fulfilling prophecies regarding inequality, poverty
and delinquency. Topics include social disorganization, crime, deviance,
and evaluation of proposals for directed social change: education, welfare,
structural reform.
22

Race and Eth nic Relations in th e U nited States. Mr. Van Til.

Spring semester

Ethnic and minority relations in America, their structure and patterns of
change Particular emphasis will be placed on the American Negro, the
development of Negro subcultures, effects of racial discrimination on the
individual, and social movements arising out of the acculturation process.
The experience of other ethnic groups, the melting pot thesis, and the per­
sistence of religious subcultures will also be studied.
51. Cities and Society . Mr. Van Til.
semester
The historical growth of cities, the social structure of urban areas, impact
of urbanization on social relations, and emergent ideologies of city life con­
sidered from the main perspectives of urban sociology. Topics of special
161

interest include the structure and process of metropolitan life, the conse­
quences of urbanization for rural life and small towns, and the prospects for
urban planning.
61. Comparative Social O rganization . Mr. Piker.
Fall semester
Examples of societal types ranging from primitive hunting-and-gathering to
pre-industrial urban will be considered. Special emphasis will be given to the
important socio-cultural features of each type, ecological determinants of
societal types, and patterns of transition from one type to another.
62. P olitical Sociology. Mr. Gilbert.
The relations of politics to basic social structures, processes, and traditions.
Study of problems, concepts, and theories about politics viewed as human
behavior. The specific topics will vary from year to year.
Not offered in 1966-67.
63. P sychological A nthropology . Mr. Piker.
Spring semester
The study of cultural differences from the standpoint of the socialization
process. A comparative analysis of the ways in which patterns of behavior
are transmitted through the family and related institutions. An assessment of
the significance of this approach for other fields of social and cultural anthro­
pology.
H o n o rs W o rk
102. Social Structure . Mr. Piker.
Fall semester
The nature of human social organization. Case materials will be drawn from
a variety of culture types and areas, including Middle America, Melanesia,
India and Theravada Buddhist Southeast Asia. Special emphasis will be
given to non-Western social structure, and to recent theoretical developments
in the analysis of social organization.
103. Race and Culture . Mr. Van Til.
Spring semester
A comparative study of the patterns of ethnic and minority relations in society,
with consideration of the factors underlying persistence and change. Race
and culture will be related through an examination of conflicts of values, social
hierarchies, and the maintenance of subcultures. May be taken in addition to
Course 22, Race and Ethnic Relations in the United States.
104. P sychological A nthropology . Mr. Piker.
Spring semester
The significance of psychological theories for the analysis of social and
cultural systems. Special emphasis will be given to personality and social
structure, religious belief systems, and comparative socialization within a
variety of cultural settings. May not be taken in addition to Course 63,
Psychological Anthropology.
105. M odern Social T heory . Mr. Bramson .
Spring semester
The social and intellectual background of the rise of social science, with
consideration of selected social ideologies and their relation to theory and
research in sociology and anthropology.

162

Magill Walk

R E F E R E N C E SECTION

SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE

SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA
Visiting Examiners— 1966
ASTRONOMY: P rofessor W illiam C. P rotheroe , University of Pennsylvania:
D r . K a j A. Strand, U. S. Naval Observatory.
BIOLOGY: P rofessor P ierre D ansereau , New York Botanical Garden; P rofessor P hilip B. D unham , Syracuse University; D r . M arlin A. Espenshade
Wyeth Laboratories; P rofessor D onald R. G riffin , The Rockefeller Universify; P rofessor J ames W . Lash , University of Pennsylvania; Professor
L-i J- O ’K ane, University of Pennsylvania; M r . J o h n A. Romberger,
U.S.D.A., Forest Service; D r . J ack Schultz , Institute for Cancer Research.
CHEMISTRY: P rofessor J o h n P . Chesick , Haverford College; P rofessor Alex
N ickon , Johns Hopkins University; P rofessor Charles N . Reilley , Uni­
versity of North Carolina; D r . J o h n T. Y ates, Bureau of Standards.
CLASSICS: P rofessor Berthe M arti, University of North Carolina; P rofessor
W esley D. Sm ith , University of Pennsylvania.
ECONOMICS: P rofessor T homas F. D ernburg , Oberlin College; P rofessor
F ranklin M. F isher , Massachusetts Institute of Technology; D r . G arth L.
M angum , Upjohn Institute; D r . Frederick L. P ryor, Yale University.
ENGLISH LITERATURE: P rofessor A lan D owner , Princeton University; P ro­
fessor J o h n H ollander , Yale University; P rofessor R. W . B. Lewis Yale
University; P rofessor A. W alton Litz , Princeton University; Professor
I sabel M acCaffrey , Bryn Mawr College.
FINE ARTS: Professor Christopher G ray, Johns Hopkins University; Pro­
fessor T imothy K. K itao , Rhode Island School of Design; P rofessor W il ­
liam Loerke , University of Pittsburgh.
HISTORY: P rofessor J effrey E. B utler , Wesleyan University; P rofessor
Robert D. Cross, Columbia University; P rofessor J o h n A. Lukács,
Chestnut H ill College and La Salle College; P rofessor Stanley I. M ellon *
Yale University; P rofessor D avid O w en , Harvard University; P rofessor
Charles T. W ood, Dartmouth College.
MATHEMATICS: P rofessor N athan Fin e , Pennsylvania State University; Pro­
fessor Robert P. Langlands, Princeton University; P rofessor Edgar R.
M ullins , J r ., Grinnell College.
MODERN LANGUAGES
FRENCH.
fessor

P rofessor J ean -J acques D emorest, Cornell University;
M ario M aurin , Bryn Mawr College.

Pro­

GERMAN: P rofessor T heodore Z iolkowski, Princeton University.
LINGUISTICS: P rofessor H enry M. H oenigswald, University of Pennsylvania.
SPANISH: Professor J oaquin G onzalez -M uela , Bryn Mawr College.
MUSIC: P rofessor Robert M oevs, Rutgers University.
PHILOSOPHY : P rofessor H enry D. Aik e n , Brandeis University; P rofessor
Richard Cartwright , Wayne State University; P rofessor J aegwon K im ,
Cornell University; P rofessor C laude W elch , University of Pennsylvania.
164

PHYSICS: P rofessor Ernest D. Courant , Brookhaven National Laboratory;
P rofessor J o h n J. H opfield , Princeton University..
POLITICAL SCIENCE: P rofessor A lfred D iamant , Haverford College; P ro­
fessor Robert G oostree, American University;
P rofessor H olland
H unter , Haverford College; P rofessor N orton E. Long, Brandeis Uni­
versity; P rofessor P aul E. Sigmund , Princeton University; P rofessor
G lenn Snyder , State University of New York.
PSYCHOLOGY: P rofessor H arry Beilin , Brooklyn College; P rofessor W il ­
liam W . C um m ing , Columbia University; P rofessor T heodore N ewcomb ,
University of Michigan; D r . D avid Rosenhan , Educational Testing Service;
P rofessor Carl Z uckerman , Brooklyn College.

165

DEGREES CONFERRED
June 6, 1966
Bachelor

of

A

rts

In the Division of the Humanities
B arbara B ow d itch A ld en (French)
T h om a s A dams A llaw ay (Psychology)
C arol L ee A n sc h u e t z (Russian)
J o h n G ates B e n n e t t (Philosophy)
K a th r y n A lice B iberstein (German)
P eter A n t h o n y B lo o m * (Music)
E lean o r B ly (Russian)
Su san B o o th (Fine Arts)
C. E le n a W illiam s Ca m pbell

(English Literature)
M elissa C arroll (Russian)
Su san E lizabeth C hady

(English Literature)
A lice W h itco m b C lark (History)
P a m e la Su z a n n e C orbett

C h r istin e J. J ordan

(English Literature)
P a u l R. K atz (Fine Arts)
T h om a s C o rb in K en n ed y

(English Literature)
L. H u n t e r K evil , J r . (French)
Sa rah C u th b e r t V a n K e u r e n K evil

(Fine Arts)
Edward A r t h u r K l e in (Fine Arts)
M argaret K l e in (English Literature)
R obert Edward L evering (Philosophy)
A n t o n y W . L ob (Russian)
Su z a n n e G a brielle L o ran t *

(English Literature)

(Psychology)
D avid B ruce C ratsley (Fine Arts)
E lizabeth O sborne D a n ie l

(English Literature)
R ea A n n Scovill D e P u m a

(English Literature)
E lsa J a n e D ix ler (History)
V in c e n t O. E areck so n , III (Religion)
Su s a n n a h St o n e E ldridge f

(English Literature)
M ich a el K elvin F erber (Greek)
R a ch el A lice F olsom (Fine Arts)
A r t h u r P. F oster (History)
M a r jo r ie B e t h G arber

(English Literature)
St e p h e n L in d e m a n G essner

(English Literature)

P atricia J e a n Ly k en s (Fine Arts)
H olly M aguigan (History)
E lizab eth K in g M arsh (Greek)
R oger M cK e a n M astrude (History)
C a t h e r in e A. M c C lelland (Greek)
J. B. M itc h e l l (Latin)
J o h n N e w t o n M orrel

(English Literature)
C h r ist o ph er D . M orris

(English Literature)
W illia m A ndrew N elson

(English Literature)
R obert A l a n N ussbaum

(English Literature)
Ross H u n t e r O gden
(English Literature)
Sara Saunders O rr (German)
T oby J e n s e n P erkins

(English Literature)

C laudia Stew a rt G ordon

(Psychology)
R edfield G r if f in (French)
Ly n e s G ro etzing er (German)

R o dney B r itt o n P erry

(English Literature)

Janet
L in da
C a t h e r in e M ary H agerty

J u dith A n n P et so n k

(English Literature)

(Psychology)
J e a n n e F rances H e n s h a w (Fine Arts)
H e l e n H eu sn e r (English Literature)

B renda J o a n P orster (History)
W en d y A n n P rindle

K ate D o n n e l l y H ickey

Barbara P robst (French)
A n n H o w ell P urvis

(English Literature)

(English Literature)
Sh elby F iske H o f f m a n * (Fine Arts)
A n n Sh epard H o u sto n (Philosophy)
J oy B eardslee H u f f m a n (Philosophy)
M a rilyn P atricia H ughes (Russian)
B arbara A n n J a h n e l (Mathematics)
M a rth a J o P u l l e n J e n k in s (French)

(English Literature)
M arcia M ae Q uade (Philosophy)
M argaret J ill R o b in so n

(English Literature)
E lizab eth D are R ust

(English Literature)

* As of the Class of 1965.
t As of the Class of 1964.
166

J ames O liver T ate , J r .

Richard P aul Scheinman

(English Literature)
(History)

W ilma W ay Sh e n
Elizabeth Bowden Sm ith

(English Literature)
Spavins (History)

Jane W ood
Margaret Louise Sprague

(English Literature)
Margaret Chamberlain Springer

(English Literature)
JANAKI NATARAJAN TSCHANNERL

(English Literature)
Susan Lee Y andenberg (Fine Arts)
J udith T herese W alenta (Fine Arts)
Carol A n n W eiss (English Literature)
M arcia J oan Y oselson (Spanish)
Charles Abraham Z uckerman

(History)

(History)

In the Division of the Social Sciences
Carl J o h n A bbott (History)
Freeland K night A bbott, J r .

(Economics)
Ellen H ubbs Arguimbau (History)
Rita Baab (Political Science)
Philip H err Barley (History)
N ancy A. Beall (Political Science)
Steph en H uston Bennett

(Economics)
Louise M arshall Bingham

(Political Science)
W illiam A. Bradford, J r .

(Political Science)
Steven H. Brandt (Economics)
Edward T homas Breslin (History)
Lucinda K idder Brown (Psychology)
Alexander M organ Capron

(Economics)
Albert A. Chappell

(Political Science and History)
Frank Blair C ochran

(Political Science)
N ancy J osephine Cooley

(Political Science)

M aureen M ina K ulbaitis

(Political Science)
Ruth E llen Langenheim (Economics)
Sara M organ Lawrence (Psychology)
K laus E. Liebold (Psychology)
Lowell W elden Livezey (Economics)
J ean H elen Lyon (History)
W . H arold M ains (History)
A n n e Parker M ills (Economics)
J o h n H oward M orrow , J r . (History)
A n n Bissell M osely
(Political Science)
J ules M oskowitz (History)
M arcia Stewart M urray

(Psychology)
J ack H enry N agel (Political Science)
Lucia M cK im N orton * (History)
P eter P assell (Economics)
Steph en Beasley Linnard P enrose,
III (Political Science)
D aniel Andrew P ope (History)
Eva M ary Reissner (Economics)
Charlotte Beth R emington

(Political Science)

An n Louise Coulter (Psychology)
N icholas M ichael Egleson (History)
Charles Calvert E llis, III

Roxanne B. Rensch (Political Science)
T homas A. Riddell (Economics)
W alter Richard Ristow

Ayse E mel Erturer (Political Science)
D aniel F eigin (Mathematics)
James M onroe F lack, II (Economics)
D elia A n n F ortune (Political Science)
J ames Y ard G arrett (Economics)
Cynthia A n n G rant

J o h n M ark Robinson (History)
D avid E. Scull , II (History)
A llen Edward Shoenberger

(Mathematics)

(Economics)

(Political Science)
Richard Ira G reenberg (Economics)
Robert Eugene H awkinson

(Political Science)
Emily R. J ackendoff (Psychology)
Eric Buten J acobs (Psychology)
A lain J eh len (Psychology)
Gareth A lbert J enkins (History)
J oy K ristina K olehmainen

(History)
Roy G regory V an T il (Economics)
J onathan V aughan (Psychology)
Sandra W arren (History)
T homas Ralph W atts (Economics)
W illiam Roy W hipple (Psychology)
M artha Faith W igner (Economics)
Cathlyn P. W ilkerson

(Political Science)
Robert Brickley W illiams (History)
M artin H enry W olfson (Economics)

(Political Science)
* As of the Class of 1965.
167

In the Division of the Natural Sciences
N ancy J oanne Axelrod (Biology)
J oseph M arc Becker (Zoology)
Richard H arvey Bonder (Zoology)
K en n eth M elvin Boyer (Chemistry)
J udith A n n Burgess (Zoology)
St e ph en Robert Burstein (Biology)
Paul D avid Chalmer (Chemistry)
F. Stuart Ch a pin , III (Biology)
Linton Reid Corruccini (Physics)
J ames Lee Cristol (Zoology)
G loria Cummings (Zoology)
E. P atchen D ellinger (Mathematics)
Carolyn E berhard * (Zoology)
M argaret E lizabeth Engel (Biology)
M artin S. Ewing (Physics)
J oseph H oward G atewood

M organ B urton Lewis (Zoology)
Steph en Brook Lichtenberg
(Chemistry)
Robert D uncan M acP herson

(Mathematics)
Frances A n n e M cA rdle (Biology)
J udith A n n M cConnell (Zoology)
H oward V ictor M indus (Physics)
Sandra M oore (Physics)
J anet M. N ordgren (Biology)
Bruce Riley P atton (Physics)
H arsh V ardhan P ittie (Mathematics)
W alter P opper (Psychology)
E lizabeth P robasco (Chemistry)
M ichael Reich (Mathematics)
F rederick M ast Rhoades (Biology)
Ru th Sandbergh (Biology)
Linda Sara Saxe (Biology)
M ary Laura Schaeffer (Chemistry)
Linda M arie Sim kin (Biology)
M ichael G ervase Sinclair (Zoology)
P hillip Sollins (Biology)
J ames Estes T ear, J r . (Chemistry)
Christine Adele V an W egen

(Chemistry)
T homas Christman G rubb, J r .

(Zoology)
A lbert K en n eth H arris, J r .*

(Biology)
A rthur J. H artz (Chemistry)
P eter Lawrence D ees H endley

(Zoology)
Ronald W. H olz (Chemistry)
J o h n A llen H ooke (Mathematics)
M abel Bernice H ultin (Zoology)
Stratton Christophersen J aquette

(Biology)

T hom pson W ebb, III (Botany)
J o h n Frederick W ehmiller

(Chemistry)

(Mathematics)
A kira J indo (Chemistry)
J ane -Carol J ohnson (Psychology)

W alter Emil W estman (Botany)
Susan Barbara W olschina (Biology)
D orothy Louise W oods (Psychology)
M ary Catherine Y oung (Biology)
P aul Edward Y oung (Chemistry)
Stuart J ames Y oungner (Zoology)
Regina G ale Z iegler (Chemistry)

K atharine E lisabeth K lemperer

(Biology)
Frederick T. K oster (Biology)
M argot Frances K oster (Botany)
M ary Elizabeth Lewis (Biology)
Bachelor

of

Sc ie n c e

In the Division of Engineering
W illiam Emmanuel Belanger

(Electrical Engineering)
Shiraz G ulamhussein Bh a n ji

(Electrical Engineering)
D onald Edwin Blankertz

(Civil Engineering)
D avid D ana Clark

(Electrical Engineering)
J o h n A ndrew D aubenspeck

Roger W illiam N orth

(Civil Engineering)
J o h n Q uin ton P erdue, J r .

(Mechanical Engineering)
J o h n Evan Pickett

(Civil Engineering)
Frank W illiam Schafer

(Mechanical Engineering)
Louis T. Schneider

(Mechanical Engineering)
A lan Scott D ouglas *

(Electrical Engineering)
Robert Campbell G w in , III

(Mechanical Engineering)
J. M ichael H eld (Civil Engineering)
Lin H o (Electrical Engineering)

(Civil Engineering)
Richard Radue T ruitt

(Civil Engineering)
C lifford Akeley W oodbury, III

(Mechanical Engineering)
J o h n M urray Z elnick

(Mechanical Engineering)

T heodore F. M oore

(Civil Engineering)
* As of the Class of

19 6 5.

168

HONORARY DEGREES
DOCTOR OF LAWS
Colin W edderburn Bell
Richard Clarkson Bond

DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
E ugene P aul W igner

AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS
June 6, 1966
H

onors

A w arded

by t h e

V is it in g E x a m in e r s

HONORS:
Louise Marshall Bingham, William A. Bradford, Jr., Stephen Robert Burstein,
Susan Elizabeth Chady, Frank Blair Cochran, Nancy Josephine Cooley, Pamela
Suzanne Corbett, Linton Reid Corruccini, Charles Calvert Ellis, III, Martin S.
Ewing, Joseph Howard Gatewood, Cynthia Ann Grant, John Allen Hooke,
Stratton Christophersen Jaquette, Gareth Albert Jenkins, Thomas Corbin
Kennedy, L. Hunter Kevil, Jr., Margaret Klein, Joy Kristina Kolehmainen,
Jean Helen Lyon, W. Harold Mains, Howard Victor Mindus, J. B. Mitchell.
Christopher D. Morris, John Howard Morrow, Jr., Ann Bissell Mosely, Jules
Moskowitz, William Andrew Nelson, Janet M. Nordgren, Sara Saunders Orr,
Bruce Riley Patton, Stephen Beasley Linnard Penrose, III, Harsh Vardhan
Pittie, Wendy Ann Prindle, Michael Reich, Richard Paul Scheinman, Allen
Edward Shoenberger, Jane Wood Spavins, Margaret Louise Sprague, Thompson
Webb, III, Carol Ann Weiss, Martin Henry Wolfson, Regina Gale Ziegler,
Charles Abraham Zuckerman.
HIGH HONORS:
Carl John Abbott, Thomas Adams Allaway, Nancy Joanne Axelrod, John Gates
Bennett, Judith Ann Burgess, Alexander Morgan Capron,’ Elsa Jane Dixler,
Ronald W . Holz, Alain Jehlen, Maureen Mina Kulbaitis, Holly Maguigan,
Elizabeth King Marsh, Judith Ann McConnell, Sandra Moore, Peter Passell,
Daniel Andrew Pope, Brenda Joan Porster, Walter Richard Ristow, Jonathan
Vaughan, Walter Emil Westman, William Roy Whipple.
HIGHEST HONORS:
Paul David Chalmer, Michael Kelvin Ferber, Marjorie Beth Garber, Robert
Duncan MacPherson, Jack Henry Nagel.

D

is t in c t io n

in

Course A w arded

by t h e

Faculty

Carol Lee Anschuetz, David Dana Clark,. E. Patchen Dellinger, Margaret
Elizabeth Engel, Janet Redfield Griffin, Catherine Mary Hagerty, Marilyn
Patricia Hughes, Emily R. Jackendoff, Margot Frances Koster, Marcia Stewart
Murray, Roger William North, Frederick Mast Rhoades, Dorothy Louise Woods,
Marcia Joan Yoselson.
169

Elections

to

H onorary Societies

PHI BETA KAPPA:
Carl John Abbott, Thomas A. Allaway, John Gates Bennett, William A. Brad­
ford, Jr., Judith Ann Burgess, Paul David Chalmer, E. Patchen Dellinger,
Elsa Jane Dixler, Michael Kelvin Ferber, Marjorie Beth Garber, Joseph Howard
Gatewood, Janet Redfield Griffin, Marilyn Patricia Hughes, Emily R. Jackendoff,
Gareth Albert Jenkins, Thomas Corbin Kennedy, Margot Frances Koster,
Maureen Mina Kulbaitis, Robert Duncan MacPherson, Elizabeth King Marsh,
Judith Ann McConnell, J. B. Mitchell, Sandra Moore, Jack Henry Nagel, Peter
Passell, Bruce Riley Patton, Harsh Vardhan Pittie, Daniel Andrew Pope,
Brenda Joan Porster, Michael Reich, Walter Richard Ristow, Walter Emil
Westman, William Roy Whipple.
SIGMA XI:
Nancy Joanne Axelrod, Stephen Robert Burstein, Paul David Chalmer, F. Stuart
Chapin, III, David Dana Clark, Linton Reid Corruccini, Martin S. Ewing, Akira
Jindo, Frederick T. Koster, Margot Frances Koster, Sandra Moore, Roger
William North, Bruce Riley Patton, Harsh Vardhan Pittie, Michael Reich,
Frederick Mast Rhoades, Walter Richard Ristow, James Estes Tear, Jr.,
Thompson Webb, III, Walter Emil Westman.
SIGMA TAU:
Shiraz Gulamhussein Bhanji, David Dana Clark, Robert Campbell Gwin, III,
Roger William North, John Quinton Perdue, Jr., Frank William Schafer, Richard
Radue Truitt, John Murray Zelnick.
SW ARTHM ORE CO LLEG E F EL LO W SH IP AWARDS

The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to C. Elena W illiams Campbell .
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to W alter Em il W estman .
The John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to M argaret H odgkin .
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to M aureen M ina K ulbaitis.
The Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship to E lsa J ane D ixler .
The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship to W endy A n n P rindle .
Sp e c ia l A w a r d s *

The
The
The
The
The
The
The

Ivy Award to Lowell W elden Livezey .
Oak Leaf Award to J udith An n Burgess.
McCabe Engineering Award to D avid D ana C lark.
John W. Nason Award to Clair W ilcox .
Brand Blanshard Prize to G eoffrey S. J oseph .
Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to W illiam H auser. *
John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes: for an original poem, J oel Schultz ; for
a verse translation, J oel Schultz .
The Lois Morrell Poetry Awards: W illiam N elson and J ames O. T ate .
The William Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund Awards:
The Potter One-Act Play Contest: prizes awarded to Lawrence A rnstein ,
Paul Chalmer and J effrey J ones .
The Potter Short Story Contest: first prize, Carl A bbott, second prize, Paul
Leavin .

The
The
The
The
The

A. Edward Newton Library Prize to T homas W olf .
May E. Parry Award to D ulany O gden .
Phi Beta Kappa Prize to G eoffrey S. J oseph .
Scott Award to D aniel E ubank .
Katherine B. Sicard Prize to N ancy Bekavac.

A description of each of these awards can be found in another section of the catalogue.

170

Enrollment of Students by Classes— 1965-66
Seniors...................................
Juniors...................................
Sophomores..........................
Freshmen..............................

120

Women
99

135
144
151

112

119
138

Total undergraduates
Special students..................
Graduate Students..............

550

468
4

Totals .....................

553

M.en

2
1

Total
219
247
263
289
1,018

1

6
2

473

1,026

Geographical Distribution—1965-66
South Carolina..........
Kansas ......................
Louisiana ..................
O regon......................
Puerto Rico ..............
A laska........................
Idaho ........................
Oklahoma..................
W yom ing..................
Canal Z o n e ................
Virgin Islan d s..........

3

18

Total United States

991

14

Greece ......................
Colombia ................
M y .........................
M exico....................
England ..................
Canada .....................
Japan .......................
Panam a.....................
Switzerland ............
T aiw an.....................
Turkey .....................
B ra z il......................
Germany........ .
G hana......................
In d ia ........................
Liberia ....................
M alaw i....................
Peru ........................
Tanzania..................

205
186
87
59
49
44
40
32
30
22
21
20

i

g
'
?
8

°
?
i:
7
Z
;?
^
?
Z
,
2
.
4
j

Total from abroad
Grand T o ta l........

3

171

2
2
2
2

1
1

1
1
1
1

ts ) Is) M K) tO VD V»

New Y o r k ..............
Pennsylvania ..........
New Jersey..............
Massachusetts..........
Maryland ................
California................
Connecticut ............
V irg in ia..................
O h io ........................
Delaware ................
Illinois .....................
Michigan ................
North Carolina
District of Columbia
F lo rid a....................
Wisconsin ..............
Texas ......................
Tennessee................
Colorado ..............
Georgia .................
Indiana .. ...............
Maine .....................
M issouri................
Minnesota ............
V erm ont................
New Hampshire . .
Io w a ......................
Washington . : . . . .
West Virginia . . . .
A rizona..................
Kentucky ..............
Nebraska ..............
Rhode Isla n d ........
Alabama................
H aw aii..................
New M exico........

1
1

1
1
1

1
1

1

35
1,026

Index
Absence from Classes and Collection, 66
Absence from Examinations, 67
Academic Requirements, Committee on,
22, 67
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Administrative Officers, 23-26
Admissions P rocedure, 30-33
Application Dates, 31
Scholastic Aptitude and Achieve­
ment Tests, 31-32
School Subjects Recommended, 31
Advanced Degrees, 69-70
Advanced Placement, 33
Advanced Standing, 33
Advisers, 52-53
Alumni Association, Officers of, 11
Alumni Council, 11
Alumni Office, 25, 52
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foun­
dation, 48
Arts Center, 48
Astronomical Observatory, 45, 76
Astronomy, Courses in, 76-77
Athletic Fields, see Map, 175
Attendance at Classes and Collection, 66
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 53
Awards and Prizes, 70-72, 169-170
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 68
Bachelor of Science Degree, 68
Barnard Music Fund, 49
Bartol Research Foundation, 45
Benjamin West House, 48, 175
Benjamin West Lecture, 48
Biddle Memorial Library, 45
Biology, Courses in, 78-83,
Board of Managers, Committees of, 9,
10

Board of Managers, Members of, 8, 9
Botany, Courses in, 79-80
Buildings, see Map, 176
Calendar, College, 5-6
Chemistry, Courses in, 84-87
Churches, 50
Classics, Courses in, 88-91
Collection. Attendance, Regulation con­
cerning, 51, 66
College Entrance Examinations, 31-32
College Jobs, 44
Committees of the Board of Managers,
9, 10
172

Committees of the Fi.culty, 22
Comprehensive Examination, 60, 68
Computer Center, 48
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 46-47
Cooperation with Neighboring Institu­
tions, 64
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Course Advisers, 52, 61
Courses of Instruction, 75, 162
Curriculum, 58ff.
Cutting (Bronson M.) Collection, 48
Degrees Offered, 68-70
Degrees Conferred, 166-169
Dining Hall, 50
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for Reaching the College, 32
Distinction in course, 61
Divisions and Departments, 21
Dormitories, 50
Dramatics, 55
duPont (Pierre S.) Science Building, 45
Economics, Courses in, 92-94
Education, Courses in, 156, 158
Educational Program, 58ff.
Emeritus Professors, 13
Engineering, Courses in, 95-109
Engineering, Degrees in, 58, 68-70, 95
English Literature, Courses in, 110-113
Entrance Requirements, 30-33
Examination Regulations, 68
Examinations, College Board, 31-32
Exclusion from College, 68
Expenses, 34
Extra-Curricular Activities, 55
Faculty, Members of, 13-20
Faculty Regulations, 53, 66-68
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 34, 70
Fellowships, 72-73
Financial Aid, 35
Fine Arts, Courses in, 114-116
Foreign Language Requirements, 59-60
Foreign Students, 171
Foreign Study, 65-66
Fraternities, 56
French, Courses in, 128-129
Friends Historical Library, 24, 46
Friends Meeting, 51
Geographical Distribution of Students,
171

Index
German Language and Literature,
Courses in, 130-132
Grades, 66
Graduate Study, 69-70
Graduation, Requirements for, 68
Greek Language and Literature, Courses
in, 88
Health, Care of Student, 51-52
History, Courses in, 117-121
Honors, Reading for, 61-63
Honors Examiners, 164-165
Housing, 50
Insurance, 50
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 35, 52
International Relations, Courses in, 122,
151
Language Laboratory, 48
Latin Language and Literature, Courses
in, 89
Libraries, 24, 45
Linguistics, 127
Loans to Students, 44
Managers, Board of, 8, 9
Map of College Grounds, 176
Martin Biological Laboratory, 45
Mathematics, Courses in, 123-126
McCabe Library, 45
Meeting House, 51, 175
Men’s Student Government, 54
Music, Courses in, 135-137
National Scholarships, 36
News Office, 52
Objectives and Purposes, 28
Observatory, Astronomical, 45, 76
Overstreet Fund, 49
Philosophy, Courses in, 138-143
Physical Education for Men, 144
Physical Education for Women, 145-146
Physical Education Requirements, 68,
144-146
Physics, Courses in, 147-150
Plan of College Grounds, 175
Political Science, Courses in, 151-155
Potter Collection of Recorded Literature,
49

Pre-Medical Program, 63
Prizes, 70-71, 170
P rogram of Study, 58-63
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 5960
For Juniors and Seniors, 60-63
Honors Work, 61-63
Pre-Medical Program, 63
Psychology, Courses in, 156-160
Public Speaking Prizes, 71, 170
Religion, Courses in, 141
Religious Life, 50
Requirements for Admission, 30-33
Requirements for Graduation, 68
Residence, Regulations concerning, 50
Rhodes Scholarship Trust, 2
Russian, Courses in, 132-133
Scholarships, 35-44
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 31-32,
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Horticultural Foun­
dation, 48
Sharpies Dining Hall, 50
Social Committee, 55
Sociology and Anthropology, 161-162
Spanish, Courses in, 133-134
Spock (Betty Dougherty) Memorial
Fund, 49
Sproul Observatory, 45, 76
States, Summary of Students by, 171
Student Activities Bulletin, 56
Student Council, 54
Student Employment, 44
Study Abroad, 65-66
Summer School Work, 68
Swarthmore College Peace Collection,
25, 46
Transfer, Application for, 33
Tuition and Other Fees, 34
Vocational Advising, 52
West, Benjamin, Lecture, 48
Women’s Student Government Asso­
ciation, 55
Worth Health Center, 51
Zoology, Courses in, 80-83

173

Cpian of the grounds of £warthmore Qollege
Map of College and Key
1

Parrish Hall
lA Parrish Hall Annex
2 Hall Gymnasium
3 Sharpies Pool
4 Martin Building
5 Pierre S. duPont Science Building
6 Beardsley Hall
7 Trotter Hall
8 Arts Center
9 Hicks Hall
10 Bartol Foundation
11 Friends Meeting House
12 Whittier House
13 Professors’ Residences
14 Woolman House
15 President’s House
16 Robinson House
17 Cunningham House
18 McCabe Library
19 Willets Dormitory
20 Worth Dormitory
21 Bond Memorial and Class Lodges
22 Benjamin West House
23 College Library and Friends His­
torical Library
24 Tennis Courts
25 Cunningham Field
26 Pennsylvania Railroad Station

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

174

Palmer Hall
Pittenger Hall
Roberts Hall
Storage
Mary Lyon Dormitories
Hydraulic Laboratory
Clothier Fields
Lamb-Miller Field House
Heating Plant
Employees’ Houses
Phi 0 micron Psi Fraternity Lodge
Delta Upsilon Fraternity Lodge
Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity Lodge
Tau Alpha O m i cron Fraternity
Lodge
Kappa Sigma Pi Fraternity Lodge
Wharton Hall
Sproul Observatory
Clothier Memorial
Scott Outdoor Auditorium
Scott Foundation Building
Ashton House
Service Building
Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall
Worth Health Center
Site of Dana and Hallowell Dorm­
itories

(pian of the grounds
°f
Swarthmore Gollege